Hostname: page-component-cd9895bd7-jkksz Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2024-12-25T18:06:37.298Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

The Dawes Review 2: Nucleosynthesis and Stellar Yields of Low- and Intermediate-Mass Single Stars

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  22 July 2014

Amanda I. Karakas*
Affiliation:
Research School of Astronomy & Astrophysics, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 2611, Australia
John C. Lattanzio
Affiliation:
Monash Centre for Astrophysics, School of Mathematical Sciences, Monash University, Clayton, VIC 3800, Australia
Rights & Permissions [Opens in a new window]

Abstract

The chemical evolution of the Universe is governed by the chemical yields from stars, which in turn are determined primarily by the initial stellar mass. Even stars as low as 0.9 M can, at low metallicity, contribute to the chemical evolution of elements. Stars less massive than about 10 M experience recurrent mixing events that can significantly change the surface composition of the envelope, with observed enrichments in carbon, nitrogen, fluorine, and heavy elements synthesized by the slow neutron capture process (the s-process). Low- and intermediate-mass stars release their nucleosynthesis products through stellar outflows or winds, in contrast to massive stars that explode as core-collapse supernovae. Here we review the stellar evolution and nucleosynthesis for single stars up to ~ 10 M from the main sequence through to the tip of the asymptotic giant branch (AGB). We include a discussion of the main uncertainties that affect theoretical calculations and review the latest observational data, which are used to constrain uncertain details of the stellar models. We finish with a review of the stellar yields available for stars less massive than about 10 M and discuss efforts by various groups to address these issues and provide homogeneous yields for low- and intermediate-mass stars covering a broad range of metallicities.

Type
Dawes Review
Copyright
Copyright © Astronomical Society of Australia 2014 

The Dawes Reviews are substantial reviews of topical areas in astronomy, published by authors of international standing at the invitation of the PASA Editorial Board. The reviews recognise William Dawes (1762–1836), second lieutenant in the Royal Marines and the astronomer on the First Fleet. Dawes was not only an accomplished astronomer, but spoke five languages, had a keen interest in botany, mineralogy, engineering, cartography and music, compiled the first Aboriginal-English dictionary, and was an outspoken opponent of slavery.

1 INTRODUCTION

Stars with initial masses between about 0.8 and 10 M dominate the stellar population in our Milky Way Galaxy. This mass interval spans a huge range in stellar lifetimes, from the longest lived low-mass stars, that have existed for as long as our Galaxy (≈ 1.2 × 1010 years) to the most massive of this range, whose lives are over in the blink of a cosmic eye (≲ 20 million years). These stars are numerous because of the shape of the initial mass function which peaks at ≈ 1 M. Their importance is underlined by that fact that they experience a diversity of rich nucleosynthesis, making them crucial contributors to the chemical evolution of elements in our Universe (e.g., Travaglio et al. Reference Travaglio, Gallino, Busso and Gratton2001a; Romano et al. Reference Romano, Karakas, Tosi and Matteucci2010; Kobayashi, Karakas, & Umeda Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b). When these stars evolve they lose mass through strong stellar outflows or winds and it has been estimated that they have produced nearly 90% of the dust injected into the interstellar medium (ISM) of our Galaxy, with massive stars accounting for the rest (Sloan et al. Reference Sloan, Kraemer, Wood, Zijlstra, Bernard-Salas, Devost and Houck2008). Furthermore, galaxies dominated by intermediate-age stellar populations have a significant fraction of their starlight emitted by low- and intermediate-mass stars, especially when they evolve off the main sequence to the giant branches (Mouhcine & Lançon Reference Mouhcine and Lançon2002; Maraston Reference Maraston2005; Maraston et al. Reference Maraston, Daddi, Renzini, Cimatti, Dickinson, Papovich, Pasquali and Pirzkal2006; Tonini et al. Reference Tonini, Maraston, Devriendt, Thomas and Silk2009; Melbourne et al. Reference Melbourne2012).

For low- and intermediate-mass stars the most important nucleosynthesis occurs when the stars reach the giant branches. It is during the ascent of the red giant branch (RGB) that the first dredge-up occurs. This changes the surface composition by mixing to the surface material from the interior that has been exposed to partial hydrogen (H) burning. It is also on the upper part of the RGB where extra mixing processes occur in the envelopes of low-mass giants. These are processes not included in traditional calculations which assume convection is the only mixing mechanism present. Such processes may include meridional circulation, shear mixing, and various hydrodynamic and magnetic mixing processes. Empirically we know that something occurs that results in further products of H-burning nucleosynthesis becoming visible at the surface.

The more massive stars in our selected mass range will also experience a second dredge-up, which occurs following core helium (He) exhaustion as the star begins its ascent of the giant branch for the second time, now called the asymptotic giant branch, or AGB. It is on the AGB where we expect the largest changes to the surface composition. These are driven by a complex interplay of nucleosynthesis and mixing. The nucleosynthesis is driven by thermal instabilities in the He-burning shell, known as shell flashes or thermal pulses. The products of this burning, mostly carbon, may be mixed to the stellar surface by recurrent convective mixing episodes. These mixing episodes can occur after each thermal pulse and are known as third dredge-up events.

Thermal pulses are responsible for a large variety of stellar spectral types. Stars begin their lives with an atmosphere that is oxygen rich, in the sense that the ratio of the number of carbon to oxygen atoms n(C)/n(O) is less than unity. Recurring third dredge-up on the AGB can add enough carbon to the envelope that the star becomes carbon rich with n(C)/n(O) ⩾ 1, hence becoming a ‘carbon star’ (or C star). There are many different types of C stars including both intrinsic, meaning that they result from internal evolution (as described above, e.g., C(N) stars) or extrinsic, where it is mass transfer from a close binary C star that produces n(C)/n(O) ⩾ 1 in a star that is not sufficiently evolved to have thermal pulses itself (e.g., CH stars and dwarf C stars; Wallerstein & Knapp Reference Wallerstein and Knapp1998). It is also the third dredge-up that mixes to the surface the heavy elements such as barium and lead that are produced by the slow neutron capture process (the s-process). This can result in S-stars, barium stars, and technetium-rich stars (Wallerstein & Knapp Reference Wallerstein and Knapp1998). Strong stellar winds then expel this enriched material into the ISM, where it can contribute to the next generation of star formation.

Intermediate-mass AGB stars may also experience hot bottom burning (HBB), where the bottom of the convective envelope penetrates into the top of the H-burning shell. Proton-capture nucleosynthesis occurs at the base of the mixed envelope (Blöcker & Schoenberner Reference Blöcker and Schoenberner1991; Lattanzio Reference Lattanzio1992; Boothroyd, Sackmann, & Wasserburg Reference Boothroyd, Sackmann and Wasserburg1995). Third dredge-up operates alongside HBB and this can lead to some interesting results, such as substantial production of primary nitrogen, together with other hydrogen-burning products including sodium and aluminium.

The short lifetime of those AGB stars that experience HBB (τ ≲ 100Myr) has implicated them as potential polluters of Galactic globular clusters (GCs), which show abundance trends consistent with hot H burning (Gratton, Sneden, & Carretta Reference Gratton, Sneden and Carretta2004; Gratton, Carretta, & Bragaglia Reference Gratton, Carretta and Bragaglia2012; Prantzos, Charbonnel, & Iliadis Reference Prantzos, Charbonnel and Iliadis2007). The ability of detailed models to match the observed abundance trend depends on highly uncertain assumptions about the treatment of convection and mass loss in stellar models (e.g., Fenner et al. Reference Fenner, Campbell, Karakas, Lattanzio and Gibson2004; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Fenner, Sills, Campbell and Lattanzio2006a; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2009).

Not so long ago there was a belief that if you were interested in the chemical evolution of the Galaxy, or indeed the Universe, then all you needed was yields from core-collapse supernovae (SNe), and perhaps Type I supernovae (e.g., Timmes, Woosley, & Weaver Reference Timmes, Woosley and Weaver1995). But with an increased understanding of the breadth and depth of nucleosynthesis in AGB stars has come clear evidence that the picture is simply incomplete without them. It has been shown by Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b) that AGB models are essential to reproduce the solar system abundances of carbon, nitrogen, and the neutron-rich isotopes of oxygen and neon. Similarly, Renda et al. (Reference Renda2004) and Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Izutani, Karakas, Yoshida, Yong and Umeda2011a) showed the importance of AGB stars for fluorine. Fenner et al. (Reference Fenner, Campbell, Karakas, Lattanzio and Gibson2004) performed a similar study for magnesium, highlighting the contribution from intermediate-mass AGB stars of low metallicity to the chemical evolution of 25Mg and 26Mg. The importance of AGB stars to understanding the composition anomalies seen in globular clusters is just another reason why they are of such interest to contemporary astrophysics.

1.1 Definitions and overview of evolution

We will here be concerned with stars with masses between about 0.8 and 10 M. Stars more massive than this proceed through all nuclear burning phases and end their lives as core-collapse supernovae. While these massive stars are relatively rare they inject considerable energy and nucleosynthesis products into the galaxy per event. For this reason they are extremely important when considering the evolution of galaxies. Their remnants are either neutron stars or black holes (for the evolution and nucleosynthesis of massive stars we refer the reader to Langer Reference Langer2012; Nomoto, Kobayashi, & Tominaga Reference Nomoto, Kobayashi and Tominaga2013).

Stars that will become AGB stars begin their journey with core H and He burning (and possibly C burning on the ‘super-AGB’; see below), before they lose their outer envelopes to a stellar wind during the AGB phase of stellar evolution. It is convenient to define mass ranges according to the evolutionary behaviour the stars will experience. The exact numerical values will, of course, depend on the star’s composition and possibly other effects (such as rotation, which we ignore for now).

The definitions we will use are given below and shown in Figure 1 for solar metallicity. A reduction in the global stellar metallicity will shift the borders introduced here to a lower mass (e.g., core C burning will ignite at about 7 M at Z = 10− 4 instead of about 8 M at Z = Z ≈ 0.014). We introduce some new nomenclature in this diagram, while maintaining the definitions of ‘low’ and ‘intermediate’ mass as given in the existing literature.

Figure 1. Schematic showing how stellar mass determines the main nuclear burning phases at solar metallicity, as well as the fate of the final remnant. This defines the different mass intervals we will deal with in this paper. Note that the borders are often not well determined theoretically, depending on details such as mass loss and the implementation of mixing, for example. This is particularly true for the borders around the region of the electron-capture supernovae. Likewise, all numbers are rough estimates, and depend on composition in addition to details of the modelling process.

1.1.1 The lowest mass stars

We define the ‘lowest mass stars’ as those that burn H in their core but take part in no further (significant) nuclear burning processes.

1.1.2 The low-mass stars

We have defined ‘low-mass stars’ to be those with initial masses between about 0.8 and 2 M which experience He ignition under degenerate conditions, known as the core He flash (Demarque & Mengel Reference Demarque and Mengel1971; Despain Reference Despain1981; Deupree Reference Deupree1984; Dearborn, Lattanzio, & Eggleton Reference Dearborn, Lattanzio and Eggleton2006; Mocák et al. Reference Mocák, Müller, Weiss and Kifonidis2009). Stars more massive than this succeed in igniting He gently. These low-mass stars will experience core He burning and then all but the least massive of these will go on to the AGB (without an appreciable second dredge-up), ending their lives as C-O white dwarfs (WDs, see Figure 1).

1.1.3 The intermediate-mass stars

We then enter the domain of ‘intermediate-mass stars’, a name well known in the literature. Here we have broken this mass range into three distinct sub-classes, based on C ignition and their final fate. We will only use these new names when the sub-divisions are important, otherwise we simply call them ‘intermediate-mass stars’.

1.1.4 The lower intermediate mass stars

These stars are not sufficiently massive to ignite the C in their core, which is now composed primarily of C and O following He burning. We say the star is of ‘lower intermediate mass’, being about 2 − 7 M. These stars will proceed to the AGB following core He exhaustion, and the more massive of them will experience the second dredge-up as they begin their ascent of the AGB. They will end their lives as C–O white dwarfs.

1.1.5 The middle intermediate mass stars

At slightly higher masses we find C ignites (off centre) under degenerate conditions. We have defined these stars as ‘middle intermediate-mass stars’. These stars go on to experience thermal pulses on what is called the ‘super-AGB’; they are distinguished from genuine massive stars by the fact that they do not experience further nuclear burning in their cores. Super-AGB stars were first studied by Icko Iben and collaborators (e.g., Ritossa, Garcia-Berro, & Iben Reference Ritossa, Garcia-Berro and Iben1996), and their final fate depends on the competition between mass loss and core growth. If they lose their envelope before the core reaches the Chandrasekhar mass, as is the usual case, then the result is an O–Ne white dwarf.

1.1.6 The massive intermediate mass stars

If, on the other hand, the core grows to exceed the Chandrasekhar mass then these stars may end their lives as electron-capture supernovae. Stars in this very narrow mass range (perhaps less than 0.5 M) we shall call ‘massive intermediate-mass stars’.

It is still unclear what fraction of super-AGB stars explode as electron-capture supernovae, the details being dependent on uncertain input physics and implementation choices (Poelarends et al. Reference Poelarends, Herwig, Langer and Heger2008). The existence of massive white dwarfs (Gänsicke et al. Reference Gänsicke, Koester, Girven, Marsh and Steeghs2010), with masses above the C–O core limit of ≈ 1.1 M lends some support to the scenario that at least some fraction evade exploding as supernovae. The super-AGB stars that do explode as electron-capture supernovae have been proposed as a potential site for the formation of heavy elements via the rapid neutron capture process (the r-process; Wanajo et al. Reference Wanajo, Nomoto, Janka, Kitaura and Müller2009; Wanajo, Janka, & Müller Reference Wanajo, Janka and Müller2011). A review of this field is therefore particularly timely as we are only now becoming aware of the nucleosynthesis outcomes of super-AGB stars and their progeny (Siess Reference Siess2010; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a, Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio, Siess and Campbell2014b).

1.1.7 The massive stars

Stars with masses greater than about 10 M we call ‘massive stars’ and these will proceed through Ne/O burning and beyond, and end their lives as iron core collapse supernovae. Note that there is a rich variety of outcomes possible, depending on the way one models mixing and other processes, and we do not show all of the different sub-cases here. We have tried to maintain the existing definitions in the literature, while adding some divisions that we think are useful. We also reserve the use of the word ‘massive’ for those stars that end their lives as supernovae, being either ‘massive intermediate stars’ in the case of electron-capture supernovae, or the traditional ‘massive stars’ for the case of iron core-collapse supernovae.

1.2 Stellar yield calculations

Stellar yields are an essential ingredient of chemical evolution models. Prior to 2001, the only stellar yields available for low- and intermediate-mass stars were for synthetic AGB evolution models or from a combination of detailed and synthetic models (van den Hoek & Groenewegen Reference van den Hoek and Groenewegen1997; Forestini & Charbonnel Reference Forestini and Charbonnel1997; Marigo Reference Marigo2001; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Tout, Karakas and Pols2004).

Synthetic AGB models are generally calculated by constructing fitting formulae to the results of detailed models, rather than by solving the equations of stellar evolution. This approach was originally motivated by the linear core-mass versus luminosity relation noted by Paczyński (Reference Paczyński1970). It was soon realised that many other important descriptors and properties of AGB evolution could be similarly parameterised, saving the huge effort that goes into a fully consistent solution of the equations of stellar evolution, with all of the important input physics that is required (opacities, equations of state, thermonuclear reaction rates, convective mixing, etc.). These models can be used to examine rapidly the effect of variations in some stellar physics or model inputs. One must remember of course that there is no feedback on the structure. Any change that would alter the stellar structure such that the parameterised relations also change is not going to be included in the results. Nevertheless, even within this limitation there are many uses for synthetic models. Further, we are now starting to see the next generation of synthetic codes. These sophisticated codes are more like hybrids, combining parameterised evolution with detailed envelope integrations. An example is the Colibri code of Marigo et al. (Reference Marigo, Bressan, Nanni, Girardi and Pumo2013).

With the growth of cluster computing it is now common to have access to thousands of CPU nodes. It is possible for stellar models of many different masses and compositions to be calculated in detail on modern computer clusters. In this way we can obtain results from detailed models in reasonable times. The first stellar yields from detailed AGB models were published by Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, D’Antona, Mazzitelli and Gratton2001) and Herwig (Reference Herwig2004b) but for limited ranges of masses and/or metallicities. The first stellar yields for a large range of masses, and metallicities from detailed AGB models were published by Karakas & Lattanzio (Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007), with an update by Karakas (Reference Karakas2010). In Section 5 we provide an updated list of the latest AGB stellar yields that are available in the literature.

In Figure 2 and in what follows we show stellar evolutionary sequences that were computed using the Mount Stromlo/Monash Stellar Structure code. This code has undergone various revisions and updates over the past decades (e.g., Lattanzio Reference Lattanzio1986, Reference Lattanzio1989, Reference Lattanzio1991; Frost & Lattanzio Reference Frost and Lattanzio1996b; Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007; Campbell & Lattanzio Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008; Karakas, Campbell, & Stancliffe Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010; Karakas, García-Hernández, & Lugaro Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012). We will highlight particular improvements that affect the nucleosynthesis in Section 3. We note that the stellar evolutionary sequences described here are calculated using a reduced nuclear network that includes only H, He, C, N, and O. The wealth of data on abundances from stars necessitates the inclusion of more nuclear species. Most of these are involved in reactions that produce negligible energy (e.g., the higher order H burning Ne–Na and Mg–Al reactions; Arnould, Goriely, & Jorissen Reference Arnould, Goriely and Jorissen1999). For this reason, a post-processing nucleosynthesis code is usually sufficient, provided there is no feedback on the structure from the reactions not included in the evolutionary calculations. This is indeed usually the case.

Figure 2. A Hertzsprung–Russell (HR) diagram showing the evolutionary tracks for masses of 1, 2, 3, and 6 M with a global metallicity of Z = 0.02. The evolutionary tracks show the evolution from the ZAMS through to the start of thermally-pulsing AGB. The thermally-pulsing phase has been removed for clarity. The location of the tip of the RGB is indicated by the asterisk.

We take the results from our evolutionary calculations and use them as input for our post-processing nucleosynthesis code Monsoon (Cannon Reference Cannon1993; Frost et al. Reference Frost, Cannon, Lattanzio, Wood and Forestini1998a) in order to calculate the abundances of many elements and isotopes (for a selection of recent papers we refer the interested reader to Campbell & Lattanzio Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012; Kamath, Karakas, & Wood Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012; Karakas et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012; Shingles & Karakas Reference Shingles and Karakas2013; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a). In Monsoon we require initial abundances (usually scaled solar) along with nuclear reaction rates and β-decay lifetimes, and include time-dependent convection using an advective algorithm. We couple the nuclear burning with convective mixing in relevant regions of the star. It is important to remember that the results presented here depend on the input physics and numerical procedure, with different codes sometimes finding different results. For example, the inclusion of core overshoot during the main sequence and core He-burning will lower the upper mass limit for a C–O core AGB star from ≈ 8 M to ≈ 6 M (e.g., Bertelli et al. Reference Bertelli, Bressan, Chiosi and Angerer1986a, Reference Bertelli, Bressan, Chiosi and Angerer1986b; Lattanzio et al. Reference Lattanzio, Vallenari, Bertelli and Chiosi1991; Bressan et al. Reference Bressan, Fagotto, Bertelli and Chiosi1993; Fagotto et al. Reference Fagotto, Bressan, Bertelli and Chiosi1994).

The most recent reviews of AGB evolution and nucleosynthesis include Busso, Gallino, & Wasserburg (Reference Busso, Gallino and Wasserburg1999), with a focus on nucleosynthesis and the operation of the s-process, and Herwig (Reference Herwig2005), who reviewed the evolution and nucleosynthesis of AGB stars in general, including a discussion of multi-dimensional hydrodynamical simulations relevant to AGB star evolution. Since 2005 there have been many advances, including insights into AGB mass loss provided by the Spitzer and Herschel Space Observatories, new theoretical models of AGB stars covering a wide range of masses and compositions, and the publication of stellar yields from detailed AGB star models. In this review we focus on theoretical models of low- and intermediate-mass stars and in particular on recent progress in calculating AGB yields. Not only are yields needed for chemical evolution modelling but they are also needed to interpret the wealth of observational data coming from current surveys such as SkyMapper (Keller et al. Reference Keller2007) and SEGUE (Yanny et al. Reference Yanny2009), which are geared toward discovering metal-poor stars in the Galactic halo. Future surveys and instruments (e.g., the GAIA-ESO survey, HERMES on the AAT, APOGEE, LAMOST) will also require accurate stellar yields from stars in all mass ranges in order to disentangle the Galactic substructure revealed through chemical tagging (Freeman & Bland-Hawthorn Reference Freeman and Bland-Hawthorn2002).

Finally we note that, as we will discuss in Section 2.2.4, there is compelling evidence for some form of mixing on the RGB that is needed to explain the abundances seen at the tip of the RGB. The standard models simply fail in this regard. While the number of isotopes affected is reasonably small (e.g., 3He, 7Li, 13C) it is essential to include the effect of this mixing in order to properly model the chemical evolution of those few isotopes. Usually, a set of stellar yields is calculated based on standard models, which we know are wrong because they fail to match the observed abundances along the RGB.

2 EVOLUTION AND NUCLEOSYNTHESIS PRIOR TO THE ASYMPTOTIC GIANT BRANCH

2.1 Illustrative examples

In the following we describe the evolution and nucleosynthesis for representative low- and intermediate-mass stars. All have a metallicity Z = 0.02Footnote 1 . According to the most recent solar abundances from Asplund et al. (Reference Asplund, Grevesse, Sauval and Scott2009) the global solar metallicity is Z = 0.0142, which makes these models slightly super solar, with a [Fe/H] = + 0.14Footnote 2 .

To illustrate the evolution of low- and intermediate-mass stars we use new stellar evolutionary sequences with masses between 1 and 8 M and Z = 0.02 calculated with the same version of the Mt Stromlo/Monash Stellar Structure code described in Kamath et al. (Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012). Within this grid of models, the divide between low-mass stellar evolution and intermediate is at about 2 M, as we discuss below. These models will also introduce the basic principles of the evolution of all stars that evolve up to the AGB. The theoretical evolutionary tracks for a sample of these models are shown in Figure 2 and include all evolutionary phases from the zero age main sequence through to the AGB.

All stars begin their nuclear-burning life on the main sequence, where fusion converts H to He in the stellar core. The majority of a star’s nuclear-burning life is spent on the main sequence, which is why most stars in the night sky and most stars in a typical colour-magnitude diagram are in this phase of stellar evolution.

The 1 M model in Figure 2 burns H on the main sequence via the pp chains. In contrast, the models with M ⩾ 2 M shown in Figure 2 mostly burn H in the core via CNO cycling. The higher temperature dependence of the CNO cycles, with a rate roughly ∝T 16 − 20 (compared to a rate approximately ∝T 4 for the pp chains at Z = 0.02), produces a steep energy generation rate and results in the formation of a convective core. It is convenient to divide the zero-age main sequence (ZAMS) into an ‘upper’ and ‘lower’ main sequence, which is reflected in slightly different mass-radius and mass-luminosity relationships for these two regions. The division between the two is instructive: stars on the lower main sequence have convective envelopes, radiative cores, and are primarily powered by the pp chains. Conversely, stars on the upper main sequence show radiative envelopes, convective cores, and are powered primarily through the CN (and ON) cycles. The dividing mass between the upper and lower main sequence is at about 1.2 M for Z = 0.02.

The larger a star’s mass the larger is its gravity. Hence it requires a substantial pressure gradient to maintain hydrostatic equilibrium. The central pressure is therefore higher and in turn so is the temperature. This means that more massive stars burn at much higher luminosities and given that fusing four protons into one 4He nucleus produces a constant amount of energy, then the duration of the H burning phase must be correspondingly lower as the stellar mass increases. From a quick inspection of Figure 2 it is clear that the 6 M model is much brighter on the main sequence than the 2 M model by almost two orders of magnitude. Core H exhaustion takes place after approximately 1 × 109 years (or 1 Gyr) for the 2 M model but only 53 million years for the 6 M model.

Following core H exhaustion the core contracts and the star crosses the Hertzsprung Gap. Nuclear burning is now established in a shell surrounding the contracting 4He core. Simultaneously, the outer layers expand and cool and as a consequence become convective, due to an increase in the opacity at lower temperatures. The star runs up against the Hayashi limit, where the coolest envelope solution corresponds to complete convection. The star cannot cool further and it begins its rise up the giant branch while the convective envelope grows deeper and deeper (in mass). This is shown in Figure 3 for the 1 M model. This deepening of the convective envelope leads to mixing of the outer envelope with regions that have experienced some nuclear processing, with the result that the products of H burning are mixed to the surface. This is called the ‘first dredge-up’, hereafter FDU.

Figure 3. First dredge-up in the 1 M, Z = 0.02 model. The left panel shows the HR diagram and the right panel shows the luminosity as a function of the mass position of the inner edge of the convective envelope. We can clearly see that the envelope begins to deepen just as the star leaves the main sequence, and reaches its deepest extent on the RGB, marking the end of FDU. Further evolution sees the star reverse its evolution and descend the RGB briefly before resuming the climb. This corresponds to the observed bump in the luminosity function of stellar clusters (see text for details).

The star is now very big (up to ~ 100 times its radius on the main sequence) but most of the mass in the core is within a small fraction of the total radius. A consequence of this is that the outer layers are only tenuously held onto the star and can be lost through an outflow of gas called a stellar wind. At present we do not know how much mass is lost during the ascent of the RGB. This may be perhaps as much as 30% of the star’s total mass for the lowest mass stars that spend the longest time on the RGB. Kepler data for metal-rich old open clusters have provided some constraints, with the amount of mass lost on the RGB estimated to be less than results from applying the commonly used Reimer’s mass-loss prescription (Reimers Reference Reimers, Baschek, Kegel and Traving1975; Kudritzki & Reimers Reference Kudritzki and Reimers1978; Miglio et al. Reference Miglio2012). While there are refinements to the Reimer’s mass-loss law (Catelan Reference Catelan2000; Schröder & Cuntz Reference Schröder and Cuntz2005, Reference Schröder and Cuntz2007) we are still lacking a detailed understanding of the physical mechanism responsible for mass loss on the RGB.

During the ascent of the RGB our low- and intermediate-mass stars experience the FDU, which we will address in detail in Section 2.2. Simultaneously, the He core continues to contract and heat and in the case of low-mass stars becomes electron degenerate. Neutrino energy losses become important, and since they are highly dependent on density, they dominate in the centre. This produces a cooling and can cause the mass location of the temperature maximum to move outward. The RGB lifetime is terminated when the necessary temperatures for central He ignition are reached, at about 100 million K. For our low-mass stars the triple alpha reactions are ignited at the point of maximum temperature and under degenerate conditions (Despain Reference Despain1981; Deupree Reference Deupree1984).

The electron degenerate equation of state results in the temperature and density being essentially decoupled. When He does begin to fuse into C, the energy released does not go into expansion but stays as thermal energy, raising the temperature of the plasma locally. This leads to a much higher burning rate and a runaway result, leading to a violent and explosive He ignition that is known as the ‘core He flash’.

The maximum initial mass for the core He-flash to occur is about 2.1 M at Z = 0.02 using the new grid of models presented here, which include no convective overshoot (similar to the models of Karakas, Lattanzio, & Pols Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002, where the maximum mass is at about 2.25 M). This is the dividing line between low- and intermediate-mass stars. In contrast, models which include overshooting from the convective H-burning core find that this division occurs at a lower mass of M ≈ 1.6 M (Bertelli et al. Reference Bertelli, Bressan, Chiosi and Angerer1986a).

For intermediate-mass stars, the cores are not degenerate and He is ignited under quiescent conditions. These stars often do not proceed as far up the RGB as do low-mass stars, prior to He ignition. As a consequence their RGB phase is shorter and the FDU phase can be terminated relatively early for these more massive stars. This has consequences for colour-magnitude diagrams and is demonstrated in Figure 2. For example, the 2 M model has a long RGB lifetime of ≈ 200 × 106 years or 200 Myr. This means that while the minimum effective temperature attained by the 2 M red-giant model is less (T eff ≈ 3 600 K) than the 6 M model (T eff ≈ 4 100 K), the peak RGB luminosity is similar, at log 10(L/L) ≈ 3.2. This means that old low-mass RGB populations are observable out to great distances (e.g., Galactic GCs and dwarf spheroidal galaxies, which are dominated by old low-mass stars). Note the contrast to the 3 M model, which has a peak RGB luminosity that is more than 10 times lower, at only 140 L (due to ignition of He under non-degenerate conditions).

Following core He ignition the star settles down to a period of central He burning, where He burns in a convective core and H in a shell, which provides most of the luminosity. The Coulomb repulsion is larger for He than for H and more particle (kinetic) energy is required to sustain the triple-alpha process. This then requires that the temperature is higher for He burning. Note also that about a factor of 10 less energy is produced by the triple alpha process per gram of fuel than during H burning. The overall result is the core He burning phase is shorter than the main sequence. For example, for the 2 M model core He burning lasts 124 Myr (a figure of about 100 Myr is typical for low-mass stars), compared to ≈ 13 Myrs for the 6 M model. Helium burning increases the content of 12C, which in turn increases the abundance of 16O from the reaction 12C(α, γ)16O.

The details of He burning are subject to uncertainties that are all too often ignored or dismissed. We have known for decades that the fusion of He into C and O produces a discontinuity in the opacity at the edge of the convective core (Castellani, Giannone, & Renzini Reference Castellani, Giannone and Renzini1971a). This means that there is an acceleration at the edge of the core. In other words there is no neutrally stable point which would be the edge of the core if one were using the Schwarzschild or Ledoux criterion for determining the borders of convective regions. The result is that the convective core grows with time. The next complication is that the variation of temperature and density is such that there is a local minimum in the radiative gradient in the convective region and this causes the region to split into a convective core and a ‘semi-convective’ region (Castellani, Giannone, & Renzini Reference Castellani, Giannone and Renzini1971b).

This semi-convection extends the duration of the core He burning phase by mixing more fuel into the core. Star counts in clusters clearly show that observations require this extension to the core He burning phase, and models constructed without semi-convection are a poor match (Buzzoni et al. Reference Buzzoni, Pecci, Buonanno and Corsi1983; Buonanno, Corsi, & Fusi Pecci Reference Buonanno, Corsi and Fusi Pecci1985).

There is yet another complication that arises as the star approaches the exhaustion of its core He supply. Theoretical models show that as the He content decreases, the convective core is unstable to rapid growth into the semi-convective region. This results in ‘breathing pulses’ of the convective core (Gingold Reference Gingold1976; Castellani et al. Reference Castellani, Chieffi, Tornambe and Pulone1985). These mix more He into the core and further extend the lifetime in this phase. While this behaviour shows many of the signs of a numerical instability, an analytic study by Sweigart & Demarque (Reference Sweigart, Demarque and Fernie1973) showed that there is a genuine physical basis for the instability, and indeed verified that it should only occur when the central He mass fraction reduces below about 0.12. Nevertheless, appealing again to star counts as a proxy for timescales, the data seem to argue against the reality of these pulses (Renzini & Fusi Pecci Reference Renzini and Fusi Pecci1988; Caputo et al. Reference Caputo, Chieffi, Tornambe, Castellani and Pulone1989, but see also Campbell et al. Reference Campbell2013).

This leaves us in the most unsatisfactory position. We have an instability shown by models, which theory can explain and indeed argues to be real, but that the data do not support. Further, we have no obvious way to calculate through this phase in a way that removes the breathing pulses (although see Dorman & Rood Reference Dorman and Rood1993). What is worse is that the details of the evolution through this phase determine the size of the He exhausted core and the position of the H-burning shell as the star arrives on the early AGB. The star must now rapidly adopt the structure of a thermally-pulsing AGB star, by which we mean that burning shells will burn through the fuel profile resulting from the earlier evolution until they reach the thermally-pulsing AGB structure. This results in removing some of the uncertainty in the structure that exists at the end of core He burning. But it is still true that the subsequent evolution on the AGB is critically dependent on the core size which is poorly understood because of uncertainties during the prior core He burning phase.

Following exhaustion of the core He supply, low- and intermediate-mass stars proceed toward the red giant branch, now called the ‘asymptotic giant branch’ because the colour-magnitude diagrams of old clusters show this population seemingly joining the first giant branch almost asymptotically. A better name may have been the less commonly used ‘second giant branch’, but AGB is now well establi-shed.

For stars more massive than about 4 M (depending on the composition) or with H-exhausted core masses ≳ 0.8 M the convective envelope extends quite some distance into the H-exhausted region. It usually reaches deeper than during the FDU (e.g., Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1999). This event is called the ‘second dredge-up’, hereafter SDU. In both cases (FDU and SDU) we are mixing to the surface the products of H burning, so qualitatively the changes are similar. However, there are substantial quantitative differences, as we discuss below in Section 2.2.

2.2 First dredge-up

We have outlined the evolution of low- and intermediate-mass stars above. Now we look in more detail at the first and second dredge-up prior to the thermally-pulsing AGB. Figure 4 shows the different dredge-up processes that stars experience as a function of their mass. It also shows the rough qualitative changes in surface abundances that result.

Figure 4. A schematic diagram showing the mass dependence of the different dredge-up, mixing, and nucleosynthesis events. The species most affected are also indicated. The lower mass limits for the onset of the SDU, third dredge up, and HBB depend on metallicity and we show approximate values for Z = 0.02. Note that the ‘extra-mixing’ band has a very uncertain upper mass-limit, because the mechanism of the mixing is at present unknown.

2.2.1 Abundance changes due to FDU

The material mixed to the envelope by the FDU has been subjected to partial H burning, which means it is still mostly H but with some added 4He and the products of CN cycling. Figure 5 shows the situation for a 2 M model. The upper panel shows the abundance profile after the star has departed the main sequence and prior to the FDU. We have plotted the major species and some selected species involved in the CNO cycles. The lower panel is taken at the time of the maximum depth of the convective envelope. The timescale for convective mixing is much shorter than the evolution timescale so mixing essentially homogenises the region instantly, as far as we are concerned.

Figure 5. Composition profiles from the 2 M, Z = 0.02 model. The top panel illustrates the interior composition after the main sequence and before the FDU takes place, showing mostly CNO isotopes. The lower panel shows the composition at the deepest extent of the FDU (0.31 M), where the shaded region is the convective envelope. Surface abundance changes after the FDU include: a reduction in the C/O ratio from 0.50 to 0.33, in the 12C/13C ratio from 86.5 to 20.5, an increase in the isotopic ratio of 14N/15N from 472 to 2 188, a decrease in 16O/17O from 2 765 to 266, and an increase in 16O/18O from 524 to 740. Elemental abundances also change: [C/Fe] decreases by about 0.20, [N/Fe] increases by about 0.4, and [Na/Fe] increases by about 0.1. The helium abundance increases by ΔY ≈ 0.012.

Typical surface abundance changes from FDU are an increase in the 4He abundance by ΔY ≈ 0.03 (in mass fraction), a decrease in the 12C abundance by about 30%, and an increase in the 14N and 13C abundances. In Table 1 we provide the predicted post-FDU and SDU values for model stars with masses between 1 and 8 M at Z = 0.02. We include the He mass fraction, Y, the isotopic ratios of C, N, and O, and the mass fraction of Na.

Table 1. Predicted post-FDU and SDU values for model stars with masses between 1 and 8 M at Z = 0.02. We include the helium mass fraction, Y, the isotopic ratios of carbon, nitrogen, and oxygen, and the mass fraction of sodium. Initial values are given in the first row.

The C isotopic ratio is a very useful tracer of stellar evolution and nucleosynthesis in low- and intermediate-mass stars. First, this is because the 12C/13C ratio is one of the few isotopic ratios that can be readily derived from stellar spectra which means that there are large samples of stars for comparison to theoretical calculations (e.g., Gilroy & Brown Reference Gilroy and Brown1991; Gratton et al. Reference Gratton, Sneden, Carretta and Bragaglia2000; Smiljanic et al. Reference Smiljanic, Gauderon, North, Barbuy, Charbonnel and Mowlavi2009; Mikolaitis et al. Reference Mikolaitis, Tautvaišienė, Gratton, Bragaglia and Carretta2010; Tautvaišienė et al. Reference Tautvaišienė, Barisevičius, Chorniy, Ilyin and Puzeras2013). Second, the C isotope ratio is predicted to vary significantly at the surface as a result of the FDU (and SDU) as shown in Figure 6 and in Table 1. This figure shows that the number ratio of 12C/13C drops from its initial value (typically about 89 for the Sun) to lie between 18 and 26 (see also Charbonnel Reference Charbonnel1994; Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1999). Comparisons for intermediate-mass stars are in relatively good agreement with the observations, to within ~ 25% (El Eid Reference El Eid1994; Charbonnel Reference Charbonnel1994; Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1999; Santrich, Pereira, & Drake Reference Santrich, Pereira and Drake2013). But the agreement found at low luminosities is not seen further up the RGB (e.g., Charbonnel Reference Charbonnel1995), as discussed in Section 2.2.4.

Figure 6. Surface abundance predictions from Z = 0.02 models showing the ratio (by number) of 12C/13C, 14N/15N, and 16O/17O after the first dredge-up (red solid line) and second dredge-up (blue dotted line).

In Figure 7 we show the innermost mass layer reached by the convective envelope during FDU (solid lines) and SDU (dashed lines) as a function of the initial stellar mass and metallicity. The deepest FDU occurs in the Z = 0.02 models at approximately 2.5 M with a strong metallicity dependence for models with masses over about 3 M (Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1999). In contrast there is little difference in the depth of the second dredge-up for models with ≳ 3.5 M regardless of metallicity. In even lower metallicity intermediate-mass stars, the RGB phase is skipped altogether because core He burning is ignited before the model star reaches the RGB so that the first change to the surface composition is actually due to the second dredge-up.

Figure 7. Innermost mass layer reached by the convective envelope during the first dredge-up (solid lines) and second dredge-up (dashed lines) as a function of the initial stellar mass and metallicity. The mass co-ordinate on the y-axis is given as a fraction of the total stellar mass (M du/M 0)—from Karakas (Reference Karakas2003).

One check on the models concerns the predictions for O isotopes. Broadly, the CNO cycles produce 17O but significantly destroy 18O, with the result that the FDU should increase the observed ratio of 17O/16O and decrease the observed ratio of 18O/16O (e.g., Table 1 and Dearborn Reference Dearborn1992). Spectroscopic data, where available, seem to agree reasonably well with the FDU predictions (Dearborn Reference Dearborn1992; Boothroyd, Sackmann, & Wasserburg Reference Boothroyd, Sackmann and Wasserburg1994), but see also Section 2.2.4.

The effect of the first dredge-up on other elements (besides lithium, which we discuss in Section 2.4 below) is relatively minor. It is worth noting that there is some dispute about the status of sodium. Figure 8 shows that sodium is not predicted to be significantly enhanced in low-mass stars by the FDU or by extra-mixing processes (Charbonnel & Lagarde Reference Charbonnel and Lagarde2010) at disk metallicities. This agrees with El Eid & Champagne (Reference El Eid and Champagne1995) who find modest enhancements in low mass (0.1 dex) and intermediate mass (0.2 – 0.3 dex) stars. Observations are in general agreement with models with masses ≳ 2 M, where enhancements of up to [Na/Fe] ≲ 0.3 are found in stars up to 8 M at Z = 0.02 (Figure 8). This result is confirmed by observations that show only mild enhancements of [Na/Fe] ≲ +0.2 (Hamdani et al. Reference Hamdani, North, Mowlavi, Raboud and Mermilliod2000; Smiljanic et al. Reference Smiljanic, Gauderon, North, Barbuy, Charbonnel and Mowlavi2009). But this is in contradiction with other studies showing typical overabundances of + 0.5 (Bragaglia et al. Reference Bragaglia2001; Jacobson, Friel, & Pilachowski Reference Jacobson, Friel and Pilachowski2007; Schuler, King, & The Reference Schuler, King and The2009). The reasons for the conflicting results are not well understood; we refer to Smiljanic (Reference Smiljanic2012) for a detailed discussion of observational uncertainties.

Figure 8. Predicted [Na/Fe] after the FDU and SDU for the Z = 0.02 models.

2.2.2 The onset of FDU

Theoretical models must confront observations for us to verify that they are reliable or identify where they need improvements. In the current context there are two related comparisons to be made: the expected nucleosynthesis, which we addressed above, and the structural aspects. In this section we look at the predictions for the location of the start of FDU and in the next section we compare the observed location of the bump in the luminosity function to theoretical models.

During the evolution up the giant branch there are three significant points, as illustrated in Figure 3:

  • the luminosity at which the surface abundances start to change;

  • the maximum depth of the FDU;

  • the luminosity of the bump.

Note that these are not independent—the maximum depth of the FDU determines where the abundance discontinuity occurs, and that determines the position of the bump. Similarly, the resulting compositions are dependent on the depth of the FDU and we are not free to adjust that without consequences for both the observed abundances and the location of the bump.

The obvious question is how closely do these points match the observations? Perhaps the best place to look is in star clusters, as usual. Gilroy & Brown (Reference Gilroy and Brown1991) found that the ratios of C/N and 12C/13C at the onset of the FDU matched the models quite well, as reported in Charbonnel (Reference Charbonnel1994). Mishenina et al. (Reference Mishenina, Bienaymé, Gorbaneva, Charbonnel, Soubiran, Korotin and Kovtyukh2006) also looked at C/N and various other species, and the data again seem to match models for the onset of the FDU. Of course the onset is very rapid and the data are sparse. This is also seen in the study by Chanamé, Pinsonneault, & Terndrup (Reference Chanamé, Pinsonneault and Terndrup2005) who found that the C isotopic ratio in M67 fitted the models rather well (see their Figures 13 and 14). For field giants (with − 2 < [Fe/H] < −1) the data are not so good, with mostly lower limits for 12C/13C making it hard to identify the exact onset of the FDU (see Chanamé et al. Reference Chanamé, Pinsonneault and Terndrup2005, Figure 16). Better data over a larger range in luminosity in many clusters are needed to check that the models are not diverging from reality at this early stage in the evolution.

2.2.3 The bump in the luminosity function

We now move to an analysis of the luminosity function (LF) bump. There is much more literature here, dating back to Sweigart (Reference Sweigart, Philip and Hayes1978) where it was shown that the bump reduced in size and appeared at higher luminosities as either the He content increased or the metallicity decreased. Indeed, at low metallicity (say [Fe/H] ≲ −1.6) it can be hard to identify the LF bump, and Fusi Pecci et al. (Reference Pecci, Ferraro, Crocker, Rood and Buonanno1990) combined data for the GCs M92, M15, and NGC 5466 so that they could reliably identify the bump in these clusters (all of similar metallicity). Their conclusion, based on a study of 11 clusters, was that the theoretical position of the bump was 0.4 mag too bright.

The next part of the long history of this topic was the study by Cassisi & Salaris (Reference Cassisi and Salaris1997) with newer models who concluded that there was no discrepancy within the theoretical uncertainty. Idealised models show a discontinuity in composition at the mass where the convective envelope reached its maximum inward extent. But in reality this discontinuity is likely to be a steep profile, with a gradient determined by many things, such as the details of mixing at the bottom of the convective envelope. It is likely that gravity waves and the possibility of partial overshoot would smooth this profile through entrainment, and Cassisi, Salaris, & Bono (Reference Cassisi, Salaris and Bono2002) showed that such uncertainties do cause a small shift in the position of the bump but they are unlikely to be significant.

Riello et al. (Reference Riello2003) looked at 54 Galactic GCs and found good agreement between theory and observation, both for the position of the bump itself as well as the number of stars (i.e., evolutionary timescales) in the bump region. The only caveat was that for low metallicities there seemed to be a discrepancy but it was hard to quantify due to the low number of stars available. A Monte Carlo study by Bjork & Chaboyer (Reference Bjork and Chaboyer2006) concluded that the difference between theory and observation was no larger than the uncertainties in both of those quantities. In what seems to be emerging as a consensus, Di Cecco et al. (Reference Di Cecco2010) found that the metal-poor clusters showed a discrepancy of about 0.4 mag, and that variations in CNO and α-elements (e.g., O, Mg, Si, Ti) did not improve the situation. These authors did point out that the position of the bump is sensitive to the He content and since we now believe that there are multiple populations in most GCs, this is going to cause a spread in the position of the LF bump.

It would appear that a reasonable conclusion is that the theoretical models are in good agreement, while perhaps being about 0.2 mag too bright (Cassisi et al. Reference Cassisi, Marín-Franch, Salaris, Aparicio, Monelli and Pietrinferni2011), except for the metal-poor regime where the discrepancy may be doubled to 0.4 mag, although this is plagued by the bump being small and harder to observe. Nataf et al. (Reference Nataf, Gould, Pinsonneault and Udalski2013) find evidence for a second parameter, other than metallicity, being involved. In their study of 72 globular clusters there were some that did not fit the models well, and this was almost certainly due to the presence of multiple populations. This reminds us again that quantitative studies must include these different populations and that this could be the source of some of the discrepancies found in the literature.

The obvious way to decrease the luminosity of the bump is to include some overshooting inward from the bottom of the convective envelope. This will push the envelope deeper and will shift the LF bump to lower luminosities. Of course this deeper mixing alters the predictions of the FDU; however it appears that there is a saturation of composition changes such that the small increase needed in the depth of the FDU does not produce an observable difference in the envelope abundances (Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012; Angelou 2013, private communication).

2.2.4 The need for extra-mixing

We have seen that the predictions for FDU are largely in agreement with the observations. However when we look at higher luminosities we find that something has changed the abundances beyond the values predicted from FDU. Standard models do not predict any further changes on the RGB once FDU is complete. Something must be occurring in real stars that is not predicted by the models.

For low-mass stars the predicted trend of the post-FDU 12C/13C ratio is a rapid decrease with increasing initial mass as illustrated in Figure 6. Yet this does not agree with the observed trend. For example, observations of the 12C/13C ratio in open metal-rich clusters reveal values of ≲ 20, sometimes ≲ 10 (e.g., Gilroy Reference Gilroy1989; Smiljanic et al. Reference Smiljanic, Gauderon, North, Barbuy, Charbonnel and Mowlavi2009; Mikolaitis et al. Reference Mikolaitis, Tautvaišienė, Gratton, Bragaglia and Carretta2010) well below the predicted values of ≈ 25 − 30. The deviation between theory and observation is even more striking in metal-poor field stars and in giants in GCs (e.g., Pilachowski et al. Reference Pilachowski, Sneden, Kraft and Langer1996; Gratton et al. Reference Gratton, Sneden, Carretta and Bragaglia2000, Reference Gratton, Sneden and Carretta2004; Cohen, Briley, & Stetson Reference Cohen, Briley and Stetson2005; Origlia, Valenti, & Rich Reference Origlia, Valenti and Rich2008; Valenti, Origlia, & Rich Reference Valenti, Origlia and Rich2011).

The observed trend is in the same direction as the FDU: i.e., as if we are mixing in more material that has been processed by CN cycling, so that 12C decreases just as 13C and 14N increase. Indeed, in some GCs we see a clear decrease in [C/Fe] with increasing luminosity on the RGB (see Angelou et al. Reference Angelou, Church, Stancliffe, Lattanzio and Smith2011, Reference Angelou, Stancliffe, Church, Lattanzio and Smith2012, and references therein). If some form of mixing can connect the hot region at the top of the H-burning shell with the convective envelope then the results of the burning can be seen at the surface. These observations have been interpreted as evidence for extra mixing taking place between the base of the convective envelope and the H shell.

Further evidence comes from observations of the fragile element Li (Pilachowski, Sneden, & Booth Reference Pilachowski, Sneden and Booth1993; Lind et al. Reference Lind, Primas, Charbonnel, Grundahl and Asplund2009) which essentially drops at the FDU to the predicted value of A(Li) ≈ 1Footnote 3 , but for higher luminosities decreases to much lower abundances of A(Li) ≈ 0 to − 1. Again, this can be explained by exposing the envelope material to higher temperatures, where Li is destroyed. So just as for the C isotopes the observations argue for some form of extra mixing to join the envelope to the region of the H-burning shell (see also Section 2.4).

We discussed O isotopes earlier as a diagnostic of the FDU. Although these ratios may not be so easy to determine spectroscopically, the science of meteorite grain analysis (for reviews see Zinner Reference Zinner1998; Lodders & Amari Reference Lodders and Amari2005) offers beautiful data on O isotopic ratios from Al2O3 grains. We expect that these grains would be expelled from the star during periods of mass loss and would primarily sample the tip of the RGB or the AGB. Some of these data show good agreement with predictions for the FDU, while a second group clearly require further 18O destruction. This can be provided by the deep-mixing models of Wasserburg, Boothroyd, & Sackmann (Reference Boothroyd, Sackmann and Wasserburg1995) and Nollett, Busso, & Wasserburg (Reference Nollett, Busso and Wasserburg2003). Hence pre-solar grains contain further evidence for the existence of some kind of extra mixing on the RGB.

We note here that a case has been made for some similar form of mixing in AGB envelopes as we discuss later in Section 4.3.

2.2.5 The 3He problem

Another piece of evidence for deep-mixing concerns the stellar yield of 3He, as discussed recently by Lagarde et al. (Reference Lagarde, Charbonnel, Decressin and Hagelberg2011, Reference Lagarde, Romano, Charbonnel, Tosi, Chiappini and Matteucci2012). We now have good constraints on the primordial abundance of 3He, from updated Big Bang Nucleosynthesis calculations together with WMAP data. The currently accepted value is 3He/H = 1.00 ± 0.07 × 10− 5 according to Cyburt, Fields, & Olive (Reference Cyburt, Fields and Olive2008) and 3He/H = 1.04 ± 0.04 × 10− 5 according to Coc et al. (Reference Coc, Vangioni-Flam, Descouvemont, Adahchour and Angulo2004). This is within a factor of two or three of the best estimates of the local value in the present interstellar medium of 3He/H = 2.4 ± 0.7 × 10− 5 according to Gloeckler & Geiss (Reference Gloeckler and Geiss1996), a value also in agreement with the measurements in Galactic HII regions by Bania, Rood, & Balser (Reference Bania, Rood and Balser2002). This indicates a very slow growth of the 3He content over the Galaxy’s lifetime.

However, the evolution of low-mass stars predicts that they produce copious amounts of 3He. This isotope is produced by the pp chains and when the stars reach the giant branches their stellar winds carry the 3He into the interstellar medium. Current models for the chemical evolution of the Galaxy, using standard yields for 3He, predict that the local interstellar medium should show 3He/H ≈ 5 × 10− 5 (Lagarde et al. Reference Lagarde, Romano, Charbonnel, Tosi, Chiappini and Matteucci2012) which is about twice the observed value.

It has long been recognised that one way to solve this problem is to change the yield of 3He in low-mass stars to almost zero (Charbonnel Reference Charbonnel1995). In this case the build up of 3He over the lifetime of the Galaxy will be much slower. One way to decrease the yield of 3He is to destroy it in the star on the RGB while the extra mixing is taking place. We discuss this further in Section 2.3.

2.3 Non-convective mixing processes on the first giant branch

2.3.1 The onset of extra mixing

So where does the extra-mixing begin and what can it be? Observations generally indicate that the conflict between theory and observation does not arise until the star has reached the luminosity of the bump in the LF. This is beautifully demonstrated in the Li data from Lind et al. (Reference Lind, Primas, Charbonnel, Grundahl and Asplund2009) which we reproduce in Figure 9 together with a theoretical calculation for a model of the appropriate mass and composition for NGC 6397 (Angelou 2013, private communication). The left panel shows the measured A(Li) values for the stars as a function of magnitude. The near constant values until MV ≈ 3.3 are perfectly consistent with the models. It is at this luminosity that the convective envelope starts to penetrate into regions that have burnt 7Li, diluting the surface 7Li content. This stops when the envelope reaches its maximum extent, near MV ≈ 1.5. Then there is a sharp decrease in the Li abundance once the luminosity reaches MV ≈ 0, which roughly corresponds to the point where the H shell has reached the discontinuity left behind by FDU (see right panel). This is the same position as the bump in the LF. Note that there is a small discrepancy between the models and the data, as shown in the figure and as discussed in Section 2.2.3.

Figure 9. Observed behaviour of Li in stars in NGC 6397, from Lind et al. (Reference Lind, Primas, Charbonnel, Grundahl and Asplund2009), and as modelled by Angelou et al. (in preparation). The leftmost panel shows A(Li) = log 10(Li/H) + 12 plotted against luminosity for NGC 6397. Moving to the right the next panel shows the HR diagram for the same stars. The next panel to the right shows the inner edge of the convective envelope in a model of a typical red-giant star in NGC 6397. The rightmost panel shows the resulting predictions for A(Li) using thermohaline mixing and C = 120 (see Section 2.3.4). Grey lines identify the positions on the RGB where the major mixing events take place. Dotted red lines identify these with the theoretical predictions in the rightmost panels.

This is the common understanding—that the deep mixing begins once the advancing H shell removes the abundance discontinuity left behind by the FDU. The reason for this is that one expects that gradients in the composition can inhibit mixing (Kippenhahn & Weigert Reference Kippenhahn and Weigert1990) and once they are removed by burning then the mixing is free to develop. It was Mestel (Reference Mestel1953) who first proposed that for a large enough molecular weight gradient one could effectively have a barrier to mixing (see also Chanamé et al. Reference Chanamé, Pinsonneault and Terndrup2005). This simple theory, combined with the very close alignment of the beginning of the extra mixing and the LF bump, has led to the two being thought synonymous. However we do note that there are discrepancies with this idea. For example it has been pointed out by many authors that there is a serious problem with the metal-poor GC M92 (Chanamé et al. Reference Chanamé, Pinsonneault and Terndrup2005; Angelou et al. Reference Angelou, Stancliffe, Church, Lattanzio and Smith2012). Here the data show a clear decrease in [C/Fe] with increasing luminosity on the RGB (Bellman et al. Reference Bellman, Briley, Smith and Claver2001; Smith & Martell Reference Smith and Martell2003), starting at MV ≈ 1–2. The problem is that the decrease begins well before the bump in the LF, which Martell, Smith, & Briley (Reference Martell, Smith and Briley2008) place at MV ≈ −0.5. This is a substantial disagreement. A similar disagreement was noted by Angelou et al. (Reference Angelou, Stancliffe, Church, Lattanzio and Smith2012) for M15 although possibly not for NGC 5466, despite all three clusters having a very similar [Fe/H] of ≈ − 2.

To be sure that we cannot dismiss this disagreement lightly, there is also the work by Drake et al. (Reference Drake, Ball, Eldridge, Ness and Stancliffe2011) on λ Andromeda, a mildly metal-poor ([Fe/H] ≈ −0.5) first ascent giant star that is believed to have recently completed its FDU. It is not yet bright enough for the H shell to have reached the abundance discontinuity left by the FDU, but it shows 12C/13C ≲ 20, which is below the prediction for the FDU and more in line with the value expected after extra mixing has been operating for some time. We know λ Andromeda is a binary so we cannot rule out contamination from a companion. But finding a companion that can produce the required envelope composition is not trivial. Drake et al. (Reference Drake, Ball, Eldridge, Ness and Stancliffe2011) also give the case of a similar star, 29 Draconis, thus arguing further that these exceptions are not necessarily the result of some unusual evolution. The problem demands further study because the discrepancy concerns fundamental stellar physics.

2.3.2 Rotation

It is well known that rotating stars cannot simultaneously maintain hydrostatic and thermal equilibrium, because surfaces of constant pressure (oblate spheroids) are no longer surfaces of constant temperature. Dynamical motions develop that are known as ‘meridional circulation’ and which cause mixing of chemical species. It is not our intention to provide a review of rotation in a stellar context. There are many far more qualified for such a task and we refer the reader to Heger, Langer, & Woosley (Reference Heger, Langer and Woosley2000), Tassoul (Reference Tassoul2007), Maeder & Meynet (Reference Maeder and Meynet2010), and the series of 11 papers by Tassoul and Tassoul, ending with Tassoul & Tassoul (Reference Tassoul and Tassoul1995). Note that most studies that discuss the impact of rotation on stellar evolution often ignore magnetic fields. Magnetic fields likely play an important role in the removal of angular momentum from stars as they evolve (e.g., through stellar winds; Gallet & Bouvier Reference Gallet and Bouvier2013; Mathis Reference Mathis, Goupil, Belkacem, Neiner, Lignières and Green2013; Cohen & Drake Reference Cohen and Drake2014).

Most of the literature on rotating stars concerns massive stars because they rotate faster than low- and intermediate-mass stars. Nevertheless, there is a substantial history of calculations relevant to our subject. Sweigart & Mengel (Reference Sweigart and Mengel1979) were the first to attempt to explain the observed extra mixing with meridional circulation. Later advances in the theory of rotation and chemical transport (Kawaler Reference Kawaler1988; Zahn Reference Zahn1992; Maeder & Zahn Reference Maeder and Zahn1998) led to more sophisticated models for the evolution of rotating low- and intermediate-mass stars (Palacios et al. Reference Palacios, Talon, Charbonnel and Forestini2003, Reference Palacios, Charbonnel, Talon and Siess2006).

With specific regard to the extra mixing problem on the RGB, Palacios et al. (Reference Palacios, Charbonnel, Talon and Siess2006) found that the best rotating models did not produce enough mixing to explain the decrease seen in the 12C/13C ratio on the upper RGB, above the bump in the LF. This is essentially the same result as found by Chanamé et al. (Reference Chanamé, Pinsonneault and Terndrup2005) and Charbonnel & Lagarde (Reference Charbonnel and Lagarde2010). Although one can never dismiss the possibility that a better understanding of rotation and related instabilities may solve the problem, the current belief is that rotating models do not reproduce the observations of RGB stars.

2.3.3 Parameterised models

With the failure of rotation to provide a solution to extra mixing on the RGB, the investigation naturally fell to phenomenological models of the mixing. One main method used is to set up a conveyor belt of material that mixes to a specified depth and at a specified rate. An alternative is to solve the diffusion equation for a specified diffusion co-efficient D, which may be specified by a particular formula or a specified value.

It is common in these models to specify the depth of mixing in terms of the difference in temperature between the bottom of the mixed region and some reference temperature in the H shell. The rates of mixing are sometimes given as mass fluxes and sometimes as a speed. These are usually assumed constant on the RGB, although some models include prescriptions for variation. In any event, there is no reason to believe that the depth or mixing rate is really constant. (Note also that a constant mass flux requires a varying mixing speed during evolution along the RGB, and vice versa!).

Smith & Tout (Reference Smith and Tout1992) showed that such simplified models could reproduce the decrease of [C/Fe] seen along the RGB of GCs, provided an appropriate choice was made for the depth and rate of mixing. More sophisticated calculations within a similar paradigm are provided by Boothroyd et al. (Reference Boothroyd, Sackmann and Wasserburg1994, Reference Boothroyd, Sackmann and Wasserburg1995), Wasserburg et al. (Reference Wasserburg, Boothroyd and Sackmann1995), Langer & Hoffman (Reference Langer and Hoffman1995), Sackmann & Boothroyd (Reference Sackmann and Boothroyd1999), Nollett et al. (Reference Nollett, Busso and Wasserburg2003), Denissenkov & Tout (Reference Denissenkov and Tout2000), Denissenkov, Chaboyer, & Li (Reference Denissenkov, Chaboyer and Li2006), and Palmerini et al. (Reference Palmerini, Busso, Maiorca and Guandalini2009).

In summary, these models showed that for ‘reasonable’ values of the free parameters one could indeed reproduce the observations for the C and O isotopic ratios, the decrease in A(Li), the variation of [C/Fe] with luminosity, and also destroy most of the 3He traditionally produced by low-mass stars.

2.3.4 Thermohaline mixing

The phenomenon of thermohaline mixing is not new, having appeared in the astrophysics literature many decades ago (e.g., Ulrich Reference Ulrich1972). What is new is the discovery by Eggleton, Dearborn, & Lattanzio (Reference Dearborn, Lattanzio and Eggleton2006) that it may be the cause of the extra mixing that is required on the RGB. We outline here the pros and cons of the mechanism.

The name ‘thermohaline mixing’ comes from its widespread occurrence in salt water. Cool water sinks while warm water rises. However warm water can hold more salt, making it denser. This means it is possible to find regions where warm, salty, denser water sits atop cool, fresh, less dense water. The subsequent development of these layers depends on the relative timescales for the two diffusion processes acting in the upper layer—the diffusion of heat and the diffusion of salt. For this reason the situation is often called ‘doubly diffusive mixing’. In this case the heat diffuses more quickly than the salt so the denser material starts to form long ‘salt fingers’ that penetrate downwards into the cool, fresh water. Figure 10 shows a simple example of this form of instability.

Figure 10. A simple experiment in thermohaline mixing that can be performed in the kitchen. Here some blue dye has been added to the warm, salty water to make the resulting salt fingers stand out more clearly. This experiment was performed by E. Glebbeek and R. Izzard, whom we thank for the picture.

We sometimes have an analogous situation in stars. Consider the core He flash. The nuclear burning begins at the position of the maximum temperature, which is off-centre due to neutrino losses. This fusion produces 12C which has a higher molecular weight μ than the almost pure 4He interior to the ignition point. We have warm, high μ material sitting atop cool, lower μ material. We expect some mixing based on the relative timescales for the heat diffusion and the chemical mixing. Indeed, this region is Rayleigh–Taylor unstable but stable according to the Schwarzschild or Ledoux criteria (Grossman, Narayan, & Arnett Reference Grossman, Narayan and Arnett1993). This was in fact one of the first cases considered in the stellar context (Ulrich Reference Ulrich1972) although it seems likely that hydrodynamical effects will wipe out this μ inversion before the thermohaline mixing can act (Dearborn et al. Reference Dearborn, Lattanzio and Eggleton2006; Mocák et al. Reference Mocák, Müller, Weiss and Kifonidis2009, Reference Mocák, Campbell, Müller and Kifonidis2010). Another common application is mass transfer in a binary system, where nuclearly processed material (of high μ) is dumped on the envelope of an unevolved companion, which is mostly H (Stancliffe & Glebbeek Reference Stancliffe and Glebbeek2008).

One rather nice way of viewing the various mixing mechanisms in stars is given in Figure 11, based on Figure 2 of Grossman & Taam (Reference Grossman and Taam1996). In the left panel we give the various stability criteria and the types of mixing that result, while the right panel also shows typical mixing speeds. In both panels the Schwarzschild stability criterion is given by the red line, and it predicts convection to the right of this red line. The blue line is the Ledoux criterion, with convection expected above the blue line. The green lines show expected velocities in the convective regions, while the brown lines show the dramatically reduced velocities expected for thermohaline or semi-convective mixing. For a general hydrodynamic formulation that includes both thermohaline mixing and semi-convection we refer the reader to Spiegel (Reference Spiegel1972) and Grossman et al. (Reference Grossman, Narayan and Arnett1993), and the series of papers by Canuto (Canuto Reference Canuto2011a, Reference Canuto2011b, Reference Canuto2011c, Reference Canuto2011d, Reference Canuto2011e).

Figure 11. These diagrams show the main stability criteria for stellar models, the expected kind of mixing, and typical velocities. The left panel shows the Schwarzschild criterion as a red line, with convection expected to the right of the red line. The Ledoux criterion is the blue line, with convection expected above this line. The green region shows where the material is stable according to the Ledoux criterion but unstable according to the Schwarzschild criterion: this is semiconvection. The magenta region shows that although formally stable, mixing can occur if the gradient of the molecular weight is negative. The bottom left region is stable with no mixing. The right panel repeats the two stability criteria and also gives typical velocities in the convective regime (green lines) as well as the thermohaline and semi-convective regions (the brown lines). This figure is based on Figure 2 in Grossman & Taam (Reference Grossman and Taam1996).

Ulrich (Reference Ulrich1972) developed a one-dimensional theory for thermohaline mixing that was cast in the form of a diffusion co-efficient for use in stellar evolution calculations. This assumed a perfect gas equation of state but was later generalised by Kippenhahn, Ruschenplatt, & Thomas (Reference Kippenhahn, Ruschenplatt and Thomas1980). These two formulations are identical and rely on a single parameter C which is related to the assumed aspect ratio α of the resulting fingers via C = 8/3π2α2 (Charbonnel & Zahn Reference Charbonnel and Zahn2007b).

The relevance of thermohaline mixing for our purposes follows from the work of Eggleton et al. (Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2006). They found that a μ inversion developed naturally during the evolution along the RGB. During main sequence evolution a low-mass star produces 3He at relatively low temperatures as a result of the pp chains. At higher temperatures, closer to the centre, the 3He is destroyed efficiently by other reactions in the pp chains. This situation is shown in the left panel of Figure 12, which shows the profile of 3He when the star leaves the main sequence. The abundance of 3He begins very low in the centre, rises to a maximum about mid-way out (in mass) and then drops back to the initial abundance at the surface. When the FDU begins it homogenises the composition profile, as we have seen earlier and as shown in the right panel of Figure 12, and this mixes a significant amount of 3He in the stellar envelope. When the H shell approaches the abundance discontinuity left by the FDU the first reaction to occur at a significant rate is the destruction of 3He, which is at an abundance that is orders of magnitude higher than the equilibrium value for a region involved in H burning. The specific reaction is

Figure 12. Abundance profiles in a 0.8 M model with Z = 0.00015 (see also Figure 9). The left panel shows a time just after core hydrogen exhaustion and the right panel shows the situation soon after the maximum inward penetration of the convective envelope. At this time the hydrogen burning shell is at m(r) ≈ 0.31 M and the convective envelope has homogenised all abundances beyond m(r) ≈ 0.36 M. The initial 3He profile has been homogenised throughout the mixed region, resulting in an increase in the surface value, which is then returned to the interstellar medium through winds, unless some extra-mixing process can destroy it first.

\begin{equation*}\centerline{$^3$He\ $ +\, ^3$He\ $ \rightarrow$\ $^4$He\ $ + $\ $2$p,} \end{equation*}

which completes the fusion of He. This reaction is unusual in that it actually increases the number of particles per volume, starting with two particles and producing three. The mass is the same and the reaction reduces μ locally. This is a very small effect, and it is usually swamped by the other fusion reactions that occur in a H-burning region. But here, this is the fastest reaction and it rapidly produces a μ inversion. This should initiate mixing. Further, it occurs just as the H shell approaches the discontinuity in the composition left behind by the FDU, i.e., it occurs just at the position of the LF bump, in accord with (most) observations. This mechanism has many attractive features because it is based on well-known physics, occurs in all low-mass stars, and occurs at the required position on the RGB (Charbonnel & Zahn Reference Charbonnel and Zahn2007b; Eggleton, Dearborn, & Lattanzio Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2008).

Having identified a mechanism it remains to determine how to model it. Eggleton et al. (Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2006, Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2008) preferred to try to determine a mixing speed from first principles, and try to apply that in a phenomenological way. Charbonnel & Zahn (Reference Charbonnel and Zahn2007b) preferred to use the existing theory of Ulrich (Reference Ulrich1972) and Kippenhahn et al. (Reference Kippenhahn, Ruschenplatt and Thomas1980). Both groups found that the mechanism had the desired features, in that it began to alter the surface abundances at the required observed magnitude, it reduced the C isotope ratio to the lower values observed, and it destroyed almost all of the 3He produced in the star, thus reconciling the predicted yields of 3He with observations (Eggleton et al. Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2006; Lagarde et al. Reference Lagarde, Charbonnel, Decressin and Hagelberg2011, Reference Lagarde, Romano, Charbonnel, Tosi, Chiappini and Matteucci2012), provided the free parameter C was taken to be C ≈ 1 000. Further, mixing reduced the A(Li) values as required by observation and it also showed the correct variation in behaviour with metallicity, i.e., the final 12C/13C ratios were lower for lower metallicity (Eggleton et al. Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2008; Charbonnel & Lagarde Reference Charbonnel and Lagarde2010).

An extensive study of thermohaline mixing within rotating stars was performed by Charbonnel & Lagarde (Reference Charbonnel and Lagarde2010). They found that thermohaline mixing was far more efficient at mixing than meridional circulation, a result also found by Cantiello & Langer (Reference Cantiello and Langer2010). Note that the latter authors did not find that thermohaline mixing was able to reproduce the observed abundance changes on the RGB, but this is entirely due to their choice of a substantially lower value of the free parameter C (see also Wachlin, Miller Bertolami, & Althaus Reference Wachlin, Miller Bertolami and Althaus2011). Cantiello & Langer (Reference Cantiello and Langer2010) also showed that thermohaline mixing can continue during core He burning as well as on the AGB, and Stancliffe et al. (Reference Stancliffe, Church, Angelou and Lattanzio2009) found that it was able to reproduce most of the observed properties of both C-normal and C-rich stars, for the ‘canonical’ value of C ≈ 1 000.

The interaction between rotation and thermohaline mixing is a subtle thing, yet both Charbonnel & Lagarde (Reference Charbonnel and Lagarde2010) and Cantiello & Langer (Reference Cantiello and Langer2010) treated this crudely, by simply adding the separate diffusion coefficients. This is unlikely to be correct and one can easily imagine a situation where rotation, or any horizontal turbulence, could decrease the efficiency or even remove the thermohaline mixing altogether. Indeed a later study by Maeder et al. (Reference Maeder, Meynet, Lagarde and Charbonnel2013) showed that simple addition of the coefficients was not correct and these authors provide a formalism for simultaneously including multiple processes. Calculations using this scheme have not yet appeared in the literature.

For a more detailed comparison of predictions with data, Angelou et al. (Reference Angelou, Church, Stancliffe, Lattanzio and Smith2011, Reference Angelou, Stancliffe, Church, Lattanzio and Smith2012) decided to investigate the variation of [C/Fe] with absolute magnitude in GCs. The C isotopic ratio saturates quickly on the RGB, whereas [C/Fe] and [N/Fe] continue to vary along the RGB, providing information on the mixing over a wide range of luminosity. They found good agreement with the thermohaline mixing mechanism, again provided C ≈ 1 000, although they also noted that standard models failed to match the FDU found in the more metal-poor GCs, such as M92. This is not a failure of the thermohaline mixing paradigm but of the standard theory itself (as discussed earlier in Section 2.3.1).

Clearly the value of the free parameter C is crucial. On the one hand, it is gratifying that so many observational constraints are matched by a value of C ≈ 1 000. However, the value is not favoured a priori by some authors. We have seen that within the formalism of the idealised one-dimensional theory of Ulrich (Reference Ulrich1972) and Kippenhahn et al. (Reference Kippenhahn, Ruschenplatt and Thomas1980), the value of C is related to the aspect ratio α of the assumed ‘fingers’ doing the mixing, with C = 8/3π2α2. If the mixing is more ‘blob-like’ than ‘finger-like’ then α ≈ 1 and C ≈ 20 rather than 1 000. This was the case preferred by Kippenhahn et al. (Reference Kippenhahn, Ruschenplatt and Thomas1980), in fact, whereas Ulrich (Reference Ulrich1972) preferred fingers with α ≈ 5 leading to C ≈ 700, much closer to the value of 1 000 that seems to fit so many constraints. We would caution against a literal interpretation of the aspect ratio and finger-like nature of the mixing. The one-dimensional theory is very idealised and we feel it is perhaps wise to remember that the diffusion equation is a convenient, rather than accurate, description of the mixing.

Even if we assume that the mechanism identified by Eggleton et al. (Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2006) is the one driving extra mixing, it is unsatisfactory having an idealised, yet approximate, theory that still contains a free parameter. We need a detailed hydrodynamical understanding of the process. Studies along these lines have begun but a discussion of that would take us far afield from our main aim in this paper. We refer the reader to the following papers for details: Denissenkov, Pinsonneault, & MacGregor (Reference Denissenkov, Pinsonneault and MacGregor2009), Denissenkov (Reference Denissenkov2010), Denissenkov & Merryfield (Reference Denissenkov and Merryfield2011), Traxler, Garaud, & Stellmach (Reference Traxler, Garaud and Stellmach2011), Rosenblum et al. (Reference Rosenblum, Garaud, Traxler and Stellmach2011), Mirouh et al. (Reference Mirouh, Garaud, Stellmach, Traxler and Wood2012), and Brown, Garaud, & Stellmach (Reference Brown, Garaud and Stellmach2013). Let us summarise by saying that the models predict more blob-like structures, with low values of α and C values too small to match the observations. The stellar regime is difficult for simulations to model accurately and the final word is not yet written on the subject.

To summarise, thermohaline mixing occurs naturally at the appropriate magnitude on the RGB and it provides the right sort of mixing to solve many of the abundance problems seen on the RGB, as well as the 3He problem. One area where the thermohaline mechanism is open to criticism is its prediction that low-mass stars should almost completely destroy 3He and yet there are known planetary nebulae (PNe) with large amounts (i.e., consistent with the standard models) of 3He present, as pointed out by Balser, Rood, & Bania (Reference Balser, Rood and Bania2007, see also Guzman-Ramirez et al. Reference Guzman-Ramirez, Pineda, Zijlstra, Stancliffe and Karakas2013) immediately after the paper by Eggleton et al. (Reference Eggleton, Dearborn and Lattanzio2006). Charbonnel & Zahn (Reference Charbonnel and Zahn2007a) suggested that perhaps an explanation could be related to magnetic fields and identified the few percent of stars that do not show decreased C isotopic ratios with the descendants of Ap stars. They showed that remnant fields of order 104 – 105 Gauss, as expected from Ap stars when they become giants, are enough to inhibit thermohaline mixing.

2.3.5 Magnetic fields and other mechanisms

Despite its many appealing features, thermohaline mixing still suffers from at least one major problem: hydrodynamical models do not support the value of C required to match the observations. This leads to the search for other mechanisms.

One obvious contender is magnetic fields (Busso et al. Reference Busso, Wasserburg, Nollett and Calandra2007) produced by differential rotation just below the convective envelope. This can produce a toroidal field and mixing by magnetic buoyancy has been investigated by various authors (e.g., Nordhaus et al. Reference Nordhaus, Busso, Wasserburg, Blackman and Palmerini2008; Denissenkov et al. Reference Denissenkov, Pinsonneault and MacGregor2009).

In contrast, Denissenkov & Tout (Reference Denissenkov and Tout2000) suggested that a combination of meridional circulation and turbulent diffusion could produce the required mixing. These authors found that the rotation rates required were reasonable but we note that the best models of rotating stars at present do not produce enough mixing.

2.4 Lithium

The behaviour of lithium is complex and deserves a special mention. The main isotope of lithium, 7Li, is destroyed by H burning at relatively low temperatures (T ≳ 2.5 × 106 K or 2.5 MK) and as such is observed to be depleted during the pre-main sequence phase (see, for example, Yee & Jensen Reference Yee and Jensen2010; Eggenberger et al. Reference Eggenberger, Haemmerlé, Meynet and Maeder2012; Jeffries et al. Reference Jeffries, Naylor, Mayne, Bell and Littlefair2013). The FDU acts to further reduce the surface lithium abundance through dilution with material that has had its lithium previously destroyed. It then appears to be further destroyed by extra mixing above the bump on the RGB. The behaviour of Li in the GC NGC 6397 was discussed earlier in Section 2.3 and is shown in Figure 9.

The situation with Li is complicated by the existence of Li-rich K-giants (Charbonnel & Balachandran Reference Charbonnel and Balachandran2000; Kumar, Reddy, & Lambert Reference Kumar, Reddy and Lambert2011; Monaco et al. Reference Monaco2011). Approximately 1% of giants show an enhancement of Li, sometimes a large enhancement to values greater than found on the main sequence (say A(Li) > 2.4). While some studies argue that these Li-rich giants are distributed all along the RGB, others find them clustered predominantly near the bump. Palacios, Charbonnel, & Forestini (Reference Palacios, Charbonnel and Forestini2001) suggested that meridional circulation could lead to a ‘Li-flash’ that produces large amounts of Li that are only present for a short time, making the Li-rich stars themselves relatively rare. Lithium production was found in the parameterised calculations of extra mixing by Sackmann & Boothroyd (Reference Sackmann and Boothroyd1999), for the case where the mixing (as measured by a mass flux in their case) was fast enough. Denissenkov & Herwig (Reference Denissenkov and Herwig2004) also found that Li could be produced through sufficiently rapid mixing. Within the approximation of diffusive mixing, they found that a value of D ≈ 109 cm2s− 1 is required to explain the usual abundance changes beyond the bump on the RGB, but a value about 100 times larger was shown to produce Li.

It seems natural that if the Li-rich stars really are created at all points along the RGB then the cause is most likely external to the star. If this requires an increase in the diffusion coefficient then something like a binary interaction or the engulfing of a planet due to the growth of the stellar envelope may be involved (Siess & Livio Reference Siess and Livio1999a, Reference Siess and Livio1999b; Denissenkov & Herwig Reference Denissenkov and Herwig2004; Carlberg, Majewski, & Arras Reference Carlberg, Majewski and Arras2009; Carlberg et al. Reference Carlberg, Smith, Cunha, Majewski and Rood2010).

Kumar et al. (Reference Kumar, Reddy and Lambert2011) argue that in fact the Li-rich giants are predominantly clump stars, involved in core He burning. They argue that the Li may be produced at the tip of the giant branch at the core flash, and then given the longer evolutionary timescales for core He burning, the stars appear to be clustered around the clump (at a similar luminosity to the bump). In addition to the cases noted above that produce Li, we note here that some implementations of thermohaline mixing also produce Li at the tip of the giant branch and that there is evidence for Li-rich stars at this phase of the evolution (Alcalá et al. Reference Alcalá, Biazzo, Covino, Frasca and Bedin2011).

2.5 Second dredge-up

We have seen that following core He exhaustion the star begins to ascend the AGB. If the mass is above about 4 M then the model will experience the SDU where the convective envelope grows into the stellar interior. In contrast to the FDU, the SDU goes deeper and mixes material exposed to complete H burning. The main changes are listed in Table 1 and include a substantial increase in the He content by up to ΔY ≈ 0.1 as well as an increase in the 14N/15N ratio and the 23Na abundance (Figure 6).

This huge increase in He is one of the reasons why intermediate-mass AGB stars have been implicated in the origin of the multiple populations observed in Galactic GCs (D’Antona et al. Reference D’Antona, Caloi, Montalbán, Ventura and Gratton2002; Norris Reference Norris2004; Piotto et al. Reference Piotto2005). Increases in He and changes to the composition of the light elements C, N, and O are the most likely cause of the multiple main sequence, sub-giant, and giant branches observed in all clusters that have Hubble Space Telescope photometry (e.g., for 47 Tucanae, NGC 6397, NGC 2808, M22; Milone et al. Reference Milone, Marino, Piotto, Bedin, Anderson, Aparicio, Cassisi and Rich2012a, Reference Milone, Piotto, Bedin, Cassisi, Anderson, Marino, Pietrinferni and Aparicio2012b, Reference Milone2012c; Piotto et al. Reference Piotto2012).

Figure 6 illustrates the effect of the SDU on the abundance of intermediate-mass stars of solar metallicity. Figure 7 shows that the depth reached by the SDU is approximately the same for all the 5 and 6 M models, regardless of the initial metallicity (Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1999). The effect of the SDU on other elements is small. Boothroyd et al. (Reference Boothroyd, Sackmann and Wasserburg1994) showed that the O isotope ratios are essentially unchanged. Small decreases in the surface abundance of fluorine may occur by at most 10% and sodium is predicted to increase by up to a factor of ≈ 2 at the surface of intermediate-mass stars that experience the SDU (e.g., Figure 8; El Eid & Champagne Reference El Eid and Champagne1995; Forestini & Charbonnel Reference Forestini and Charbonnel1997).

2.6 Variations at low metallicity

2.6.1 Curtailing first dredge-up

At metallicities of [Fe/H] ≲ −1, the evolution of post main sequence stars begins to significantly differ to that found in disk or near-solar metallicity stars. For intermediate-mass stars the necessary central temperatures for core He burning are reached while the star crosses the Hertzsprung gap. This means that the star will ignite He before evolving up the RGB and as a consequence will not experience the FDU (e.g., Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1999; Marigo et al. Reference Marigo, Girardi, Chiosi and Wood2001). In Figure 13 we show evolutionary tracks for models of 3 M at a metallicity of Z = 0.02 and Z = 0.0001, respectively. The lower metallicity model skips the RGB altogether. At a metallicity of Z = 0.001 or [Fe/H] ≈ −1.2 the upper mass limit that experiences the FDU is 3 M, by a metallicity of Z = 0.0001 or [Fe/H] ≈ −2.3, this mass has been reduced to 2.25 M, and even at that mass the maximum extent of the convective envelope only reaches a depth of ≈ 1 M from the centre (compared to a Z = 0.02 model of 2.25 M where the FDU reaches a depth of ≈ 0.35 M from the stellar centre). Because the lower metallicity model is hotter and has a larger core during the main sequence the FDU still causes a 30% drop in the surface C abundance (compared to a drop of 36% for the Z = 0.02 model). For intermediate-mass stars that do not experience a FDU, the second dredge-up event, which takes place during the early ascent of the AGB, is the first mixing episode that changes the surface composition (Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1999; Chieffi et al. Reference Chieffi, Domínguez, Limongi and Straniero2001; Marigo et al. Reference Marigo, Girardi, Chiosi and Wood2001; Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007; Campbell & Lattanzio Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008).

Figure 13. Hertzsprung–Russell (HR) diagram showing the evolutionary tracks for 3 M models of Z = 0.02 (black solid line) and Z = 0.0001 (red dashed line). The low-metallicity model is hotter and brighter at all evolutionary stages and does not experience a RGB phase or the first dredge-up.

2.6.2 The core helium flash

Metallicity has an important consequence for stars that experience the core He flash. Evolution at lower metallicities is hotter, owing to a lower opacity. This means that the stars experience a shorter time on the RGB before reaching temperatures for core He ignition and therefore do not become as electron degenerate. This means that the maximum mass for the core He flash decreases with decreasing Z (Marigo et al. Reference Marigo, Girardi, Chiosi and Wood2001). We mentioned previously that at solar metallicity the maximum mass for the core He flash is 2.1 M, whereas at [Fe/H] = − 2.3 the maximum mass is 1.75 M, with the 2 M model experiencing a fairly quiescent He ignition with only a moderate peak in the He luminosity (Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007; Karakas Reference Karakas2010).

There is now a fairly extensive literature on multi-dimensional studies of the core He flash (Deupree Reference Deupree1984, Reference Deupree1986; Deupree & Wallace Reference Deupree and Wallace1987; Deupree Reference Deupree1996; Dearborn et al. Reference Dearborn, Lattanzio and Eggleton2006; Mocák et al. Reference Mocák, Müller, Weiss and Kifonidis2009). Early results from two-dimensional hydrodynamic simulations (Deupree & Wallace Reference Deupree and Wallace1987) suggest that the flash could be a relatively quiescent or violent hydrodynamic event, depending on the degeneracy of the stellar model. Deupree (Reference Deupree1996) finds for low-mass solar composition models, using improved but still uncertain input physics, that the core flash is not a violent hydrodynamic event and that there is no mixing between the flash-driven H-exhausted core and the envelope at this metallicity. More recent multi-dimensional hydrodynamic simulations of the core He flash in metal-free stars find that the He-burning convection zone moves across the entropy barrier and reaches the H-rich layers (Mocák et al. Reference Mocák, Campbell, Müller and Kifonidis2010; Mocák, Siess, & Müller Reference Mocák, Siess and Müller2011).

For the present we assume that stars experiencing the core He flash do not mix any products into their envelope. This is in accord with standard models and the observations do not disagree. We do note that this is not necessarily true at lower metallicity, as we discuss in the next section.

2.6.3 Proton ingestion episodes

The low entropy barrier between the He- and H-rich layer can lead to the He flash-driven convective region penetrating the inner edge of the (now extinguished) H-burning shell. If this happens, protons will be ingested into the hot core during the core He flash. If enough protons are ingested, a concurrent secondary flash may occur that is powered by H burning and gives rise to further nucleosynthesis in the core. The subsequent dredge-up of matter enriches the stellar surface with large amounts of He, C, N, and even possibly heavy elements synthesised by the s process. There has been an extensive number of studies of the core He flash and resulting nucleosynthesis in low-mass, very metal-poor stars (e.g., D’Antona & Mazzitelli Reference D’Antona and Mazzitelli1982; Fujimoto, Iben, & Hollowell Reference Fujimoto, Iben and Hollowell1990; Hollowell, Iben, & Fujimoto Reference Hollowell, Iben and Fujimoto1990; Schlattl et al. Reference Schlattl, Cassisi, Salaris and Weiss2001; Picardi et al. Reference Picardi, Chieffi, Limongi, Pisanti, Miele, Mangano and Imbriani2004; Weiss et al. Reference Weiss, Schlattl, Salaris and Cassisi2004; Suda, Fujimoto, & Itoh Reference Suda, Fujimoto and Itoh2007; Campbell & Lattanzio Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008; Suda & Fujimoto Reference Suda and Fujimoto2010; Campbell, Lugaro, & Karakas Reference Campbell, Lugaro and Karakas2010). The details of the input physics used in the calculations clearly matter, where the low-mass Z = 0 models of Siess, Livio, & Lattanzio (Reference Siess, Livio and Lattanzio2002) find no mixing between the flash-driven convective region and the overlying H-rich layers. It has been known for some time that the treatment of the core He flash in one-dimensional stellar evolutionary codes is approximate at best, owing to the fact that the core He flash is a multi-dimensional phenomenon (Deupree Reference Deupree1996; Mocák et al. Reference Mocák, Siess and Müller2011). We deal more extensively with this in Section 3.8.

3 EVOLUTION AND NUCLEOSYNTHESIS DURING THE ASYMPTOTIC GIANT BRANCH

The mass of the H-exhausted core (hereafter core mass) at the end of core He-burning is the prime determinant of many important features of AGB evolution including luminosity and nucleosynthesis (e.g., Dominguez et al. Reference Dominguez, Chieffi, Limongi and Straniero1999; Imbriani et al. Reference Imbriani, Limongi, Gialanella, Terrasi, Straniero and Chieffi2001; Straniero et al. Reference Straniero, Domínguez, Imbriani and Piersanti2003b; Ekström et al. Reference Ekström2012; Halabi, El Eid, & Champagne Reference Halabi, El Eid and Champagne2012; Valle et al. Reference Valle, Dell’Omodarme, Prada Moroni and Degl’Innocenti2013). When the star begins to ascend the AGB the core becomes increasingly electron degenerate and the star’s energy output is mostly provided by He burning, which proceeds through the material outside the C–O core as a thin He-burning shell is established. In intermediate-mass stars the H shell is extinguished, which allows the inward movement of the convective envelope and the SDU. It is at this time that middle and massive intermediate-mass stars ignite C in the C–O core, which results in an O–Ne core prior to the start of the thermally-pulsing phase. While the evolution of AGB stars with O–Ne cores (super-AGB stars) is qualitatively similar to C–O core AGB stars, we discuss these objects separately in Section 3.9.

The He shell thins as the star evolves up the AGB and eventually becomes thermally unstable. At the first thermal instability of the He shell (also known as a ‘thermal pulse’ or ‘shell flash’) the star is said to have entered the thermally-pulsing-AGB (or TP-AGB) phase. The evolution along the AGB prior to the first instability is referred to as the early AGB phase. The structure of an AGB star, illustrated in Figure 14, is qualitatively the same for all masses. We now focus on the thermally-pulsing AGB phase of evolution, which alters the surface abundances of the models in two distinct and important ways. The first is through the operation of the third dredge-up (TDU), which can occur periodically after each thermal pulse and is the mechanism for turning (single) stars into C-rich stars. The second mechanism is hot bottom burning.

Figure 14. Schematic structure of an AGB star showing the electron-degenerate core surrounded by a helium-burning shell above the core, and a hydrogen-burning shell below the deep convective envelope. The burning shells are separated by an intershell region rich in helium (~ 75%) and carbon (~ 22%), with some oxygen and 22Ne. A super-AGB star has an O–Ne degenerate core otherwise the qualitative schematic structure remains the same. From Karakas, Lattanzio, & Pols (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002). Click on the image to run an animation of a pulse cycle.

3.1 The thermally-pulsing asymptotic giant branch

Here we briefly review the main features of AGB evolution. Previous reviews include Iben (Reference Iben, Michaud and Tutukov1991), Frost & Lattanzio (Reference Frost and Lattanzio1996a), Wood (Reference Wood, Habing and Lamers1997), Busso et al. (Reference Busso, Gallino and Wasserburg1999), and more recently Herwig (Reference Herwig2005).

The thermally-pulsing AGB phase of evolution is characterised by relatively long periods of quiescent H-shell burning, known as the interpulse phase, interrupted by instabilities of the He-burning shell. Helium burning is ignited at the base of the He-rich intershell region (see Figure 14), which is composed of material exposed to previous He-shell flashes plus the ashes of H-shell burning which have accumulated over the previous interpulse phase. The He shell burns fiercely and can produce ≳ 108 L for a short time. Figure 15 shows the luminosities of the H and He shells, along with the surface luminosity for a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model star during the first 10 thermal pulses. This figure illustrates the beginning of the TP-AGB phase where the strength of thermal pulses grows with time owing to the overall contraction of the H-exhausted core, which leads to hotter, more electron degenerate conditions in the burning shells. For the 6 M model shown in Figure 15 the luminosity produced by the He shell is already ≈ 106 L by the third thermal pulse, a figure that grows to over 4 × 108 L by the final thermal pulses.

Figure 15. Evolution of the luminosities and core masses (in solar units) for a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the start of the TP-AGB. Each panel shows the evolution during the first 10 thermal pulses. Panel (a) shows the surface (or radiated) luminosity (black solid line), H-burning shell luminosity (blue dot-dashed line), and He-burning shell luminosity (red dashed line). Panel (b) shows the masses of the H-exhausted core (black solid line), He-exhausted core (red dashed line), and the inner edge of the convective envelope (blue dot-dashed line).

The energy produced by the flash powers a convective region which begins in the He-burning shell and extends almost all the way to the H-burning shell. This has the effect of homogenising abundances in this region. In Figure 16 we show the flash-driven convective regions in the intershell during the first five thermal pulses of the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model. The teardrop-shaped green pockets represent flash-driven convection, which lasts for ≲ 102 years, depending on the core mass. Convection in the intershell retreats once the energy from the thermal pulse starts to die down, in what is referred to as the power down phase. During power down, the huge amount of energy produced by the thermal pulse does not reach the stellar surface but goes into expanding the star, which cools the material outwards of the He shell and shuts off the H shell. The power down phase is seen in the decrease of the H-shell luminosity in Figure 15. Note that while the H-shell luminosity drops by many orders of magnitude, the surface luminosity is only seen to dip by about 10% during the expansion stage.

Figure 16. Convective regions for the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the first five thermal pulses. The x-axis is nucleosynthesis time-step number, which is a proxy for time. For each model, along the x-axis, a green dot represents a convective mass shell and a magenta dot is a radiative shell. The dense magenta regions mark the H and He shells. The teardrop-shaped pockets correspond to the flash-driven convective region that extends over most of the intershell. These have the effect of homogenising the abundances within the intershell. For this model, the duration of the convective zones is about 25 years and the interpulse periods about ≈ 4000 years.

The cooling of these inner layers leads to an increase in the stellar opacity, which allows the base of the outer convective envelope to move inwards in mass, interior to the erstwhile H-burning shell, and to regions previously mixed by intershell convection. Hence material from the interior, which has been exposed to He burning, is mixed into the envelope where it can be observed at the surface. This phase is known as third dredge-up and may occur after each thermal pulse.

In Figure 15 we show the evolution of the masses of the H-exhausted core, of the He-exhausted core, and of the inner edge of the convective envelope for the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the first 10 thermal pulses. By the third thermal pulse we can see a small temporary decrease in the mass of the H-exhausted core, which is seen more clearly in Figure 16. The decrease is caused by the TDU, where the inner edge of the convective envelope penetrates into the top layers of the He intershell. This mixes H into a H-poor region, reducing the mass of the core while mixing the products of H and He nucleosynthesis into the envelope. Following the third dredge-up, the star contracts, the H-burning shell is re-ignited and the star enters a new interpulse phase. The cycle of interpulse–thermal pulse–power down–dredge-up may occur many times on the AGB, depending on the initial mass, composition, and mass-loss rate. For the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model, this cycle occurs 42 times before the model experienced convergence problems of the type discussed by Lau et al. (Reference Lau, Gil-Pons, Doherty and Lattanzio2012) and calculations were terminated.

In summary, the AGB evolutionary cycle can be broken down into four distinct phases (Iben Reference Iben, Iben and Renzini1981):

  1. 1. Thermal pulse, which is when the He shell burns brightly producing ≲ 108 L for a short time (≈ 102 years). The energy drives a convective zone in the He intershell.

  2. 2. The power down phase when the He shell dies down. The enormous amount of energy from the thermal pulse drives an expansion of the whole star and the H shell is extinguished.

  3. 3. Third dredge-up phase, which is when the outer convective envelope may move inwards into regions previously mixed by flash-driven convection. Carbon and other He-burning products are mixed to the stellar surface.

  4. 4. The interpulse phase is the relatively long (≈ 104 years) phase in between thermal pulses where the H shell provides most of the surface luminosity.

3.2 Hot bottom burning

It has been known for some time that intermediate-mass stars over about 5 M develop deep convective envelopes with very high temperatures at the base, allowing for nuclear burning and some energy generation (Scalo, Despain, & Ulrich Reference Scalo, Despain and Ulrich1975; Lattanzio Reference Lattanzio1992; Lattanzio et al. Reference Lattanzio, Frost, Cannon and Wood1996). In fact, what happens is that the bottom of the convective envelope is situated near the top of the H-burning shell. The observational evidence that HBB is occurring in intermediate-mass AGB stars came from the lack of optically-bright C-rich stars in the Magellanic Clouds (Wood, Bessell, & Fox Reference Wood, Bessell and Fox1983). Many of these luminous, O-rich stars were later found to be rich in lithium (Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1989, Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1990a; Plez, Smith, & Lambert Reference Plez, Smith and Lambert1993). The first detailed calculations were made in the early 1990’s by Blöcker & Schoenberner (Reference Blöcker and Schoenberner1991) and Lattanzio (Reference Lattanzio1992). Boothroyd, Sackmann, & Ahern (Reference Boothroyd, Sackmann and Ahern1993) found that HBB prevents the formation of a C-rich atmosphere by burning 12C into 14N thus providing a mechanism for the lack of bright C-stars in the Magellanic Clouds.

HBB can dramatically alter the surface composition. This is because the temperature in a thin region at the very base of the envelope, hereafter T bce, can exceed 50 × 106K (50 MK), which is hot enough for activation of the CNO cycle and also the Ne-Na and Mg-Al chains (if the temperature is high enough). In the most massive, lowest metallicity AGB models, and super-AGB models, the temperature can exceed 100 MK (e.g., Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007; Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a).

The convective envelopes of AGB stars are well mixed, with a convective turnover time of about 1 year, which means that the whole envelope will be exposed to the hot region at least 1 000 times per interpulse period. In Figure 17 we show the evolution of the temperature at the base of the convective envelope for the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model. The temperature reaches a peak of 82 MK at the 28th thermal pulse, before decreasing to below 20 MK, at which point HBB has been shut off. The decrease in temperature is caused by mass loss, which slowly erodes the envelope. The minimum envelope mass required to support HBB is about 1 M, depending on the metallicity.

Figure 17. The evolution of the temperature at the base of the convective envelope in the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model.

3.2.1 Dredge-up, HBB and the brightest C stars

Third dredge-up can continue after the cessation of HBB, which allows the C abundance to increase instead of being burnt to N. The envelope mass is relatively small at this stage (≲ 1 M), which means that dilution is also lower. It is possible the star will become C-rich at the very tip of the AGB where C/O ⩾ 1 (Frost et al. Reference Frost, Cannon, Lattanzio, Wood and Forestini1998a), depending on the number of TDU episodes after the end of HBB and the O abundance in the envelope (noting that some O can also be destroyed by HBB). van Loon, Zijlstra, & Groenewegen (Reference van Loon, Zijlstra and Groenewegen1999b) presented observational evidence that supports this scenario, finding a sample of very luminous, dust-obscured AGB stars in the Magellanic Clouds. The existence of very bright, C-rich AGB stars is also evidence that stars in this mass range experience TDU, at least down to the metallicities of the Magellanic Clouds.

3.2.2 The core-mass vs. luminosity relation

The surface luminosity will reach a maximum value during the interpulse and this is reached just before the onset of the next thermal pulse. Paczyński (Reference Paczyński1970) was the first to derive a linear relationship between the maximum surface luminosity during the quiescent interpulse phase and the H-exhausted core mass:

(1) \begin{equation} L / {\rm L}_{\odot }= 59250 \, ( M_{\rm H}/{\rm M}_{\odot }- 0.522 ). \end{equation}

Paczyński’s calculations infer that there is a maximum luminosity an AGB model can have of 52 021 L, determined by the maximum possible core mass of ≈ 1.4 M. Subsequent calculations of intermediate-mass AGB stars revealed that hot bottom burning can violate the conditions of the core-mass luminosity relationship (Blöcker & Schoenberner Reference Blöcker and Schoenberner1991; Lattanzio Reference Lattanzio1992; Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1992) and that an AGB model can have luminosities larger than predicted by Paczyński. The core-mass luminosity relationship on the AGB is also a key ingredient in a synthetic AGB model because it determines many fundamental features of AGB evolution including the growth of the H-exhausted core with time. The most accurate fits to the core-mass luminosity relationship are those that include a correction for the extra luminosity provided by HBB (Wagenhuber & Groenewegen Reference Wagenhuber and Groenewegen1998; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Tout, Karakas and Pols2004, Reference Izzard, Dray, Karakas, Lugaro and Tout2006). In Figure 18 we show the core-mass luminosity relationship for a selection of models at Z = 0.02. HBB occurs in models with M ⩾ 4.5 M at Z = 0.02 and we can see for these models that the luminosity strongly increases with core mass before peaking and then declining. The decline is caused by mass loss, which reduces the temperature at the base of the convective envelope and in turn the luminosity from the CN cycle. In comparison, the lower mass AGB models do not experience HBB and show a reasonably linear core-mass luminosity relationship.

Figure 18. The core-mass versus luminosity relationship for a selection of Z = 0.02 models between 2 M and 7 M. The models with M ⩾ 4.5 M have hot bottom burning and deviate from the Paczyński relation, shown by the solid black line.

3.3 Third dredge-up

The chemical enrichment at the surface of AGB stars is governed by the TDU mixing event that follows a thermal pulse. TDU is responsible for the largest changes to the surface composition of low-mass AGB stars and has important consequences for nucleosynthesis in intermediate-mass AGB stars as well owing to the production of primary C which is converted to primary N by HBB.

3.3.1 The dredge-up parameter

If there is dredge-up, then a fraction of the outer-most part of the H-exhausted core will be mixed into the envelope according to

(2) \begin{equation} \lambda = \frac{\Delta M_{\rm dredge}}{\Delta M_{\rm core}}, \end{equation}

where λ is the third dredge-up efficiency parameter, ΔM dredge is the mass mixed into the envelope, and ΔM core is the amount by which the H-exhausted core increases over the previous interpulse phase; see Figure 19. From the above definition, when λ = 1, the core mass does not grow from pulse to pulse but remains constant. The value of λ depends on physical parameters such as the core mass and metallicity of the star. Exactly how λ depends on these quantities is unknown and reflects our lack of understanding about how convection operates in stellar interiors. Different stellar codes predict different behaviour, a point we will come back to in Section 4.1. Note that there is no a priori reason why λ cannot exceed unity.

Figure 19. The definition of λ, shown schematically, where the x–axis represents time and the y–axis represents the mass of the H-exhausted core.

So in summary, AGB nucleosynthesis depends on

  1. 1. λ, the efficiency of third dredge-up;

  2. 2. M min c, the minimum core mass at which the TDU begins; this determines how many TDU episodes will occur before mass loss removes the envelope;

  3. 3. the size of the convective envelope, which sets the level of dilution of each TDU episode;

  4. 4. the mass of the He intershell.

Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002) provided the first parameterisation of λ and M min c as functions of the total mass, envelope mass, and metallicity (see also Straniero et al. Reference Straniero, Domínguez, Cristallo and Gallino2003a). The general trend is that λ increases with increasing stellar mass, at a given Z. The parameter λ also increases with decreasing metallicity, at a given mass (e.g., Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1988). Naively, this means that it should be easier to make C stars in lower metallicity or higher mass models. But there is also a second reason why C stars are more easily made at lower metallicity. Carbon production is a primary product of the triple-α process, and hence the C intershell abundance does not depend on the global metallicity, Z. In a low-metallicity star the amount of C added per pulse is roughly independent of metallicity, whereas the amount of O that must be overcome to produce C > O is lower. So fewer pulses are required to make a C star. This is true even for α-enhanced compositions where [O/Fe] ≈ +0.4. As we note, stars of lower metallicity are predicted to have deeper dredge-up which accelerates the effect further. Both mechanisms act to make C-stars easier to form at lower metallicities.

For intermediate-mass stars the situation is more complex. Even though the calculations of Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002) predict larger values of λ, the effect of TDU is mitigated by the mass of the He intershell which is approximately a factor of 10 smaller in intermediate-mass AGB stars compared to AGB stars of lower mass. This means that even if λ ≈ 0.9, the amount of material added to the envelope per TDU event (λ × ΔM core) is smaller by about an order of magnitude. Second, the mass of the convective envelope is large in intermediate-mass stars, which means that the material will be more diluted. Finally, HBB will act to prevent the formation of C-rich luminous AGB stars at the highest metallicities (e.g., Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012), which is in agreement with observations of O-rich luminous AGB stars in our Galaxy (García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, García-Lario, Plez, D’Antona, Manchado and Trigo-Rodríguez2006, Reference García-Hernández, Zamora, Yagüe, Uttenthaler, Karakas, Lugaro, Ventura and Lambert2013). So even though the conventional wisdom is that C-star production does not happen at intermediate-mass for the above reason, calculations of low-metallicity (Z ⩽ 0.001) intermediate-mass stars suggest that C-star formation will occur before HBB ceases (Herwig Reference Herwig2004a, Reference Herwig2004b; Karakas Reference Karakas2010; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012; Fishlock, Karakas, & Stancliffe Reference Fishlock, Karakas and Stancliffe2014; Straniero, Cristallo, & Piersanti Reference Straniero, Cristallo and Piersanti2014). This is driven by the combination of primary C production plus the effect of HBB destroying some O.

It is important to know if the stellar models are providing an accurate description of the efficiency of mixing in AGB stars. For example, the models of Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002) do not predict any TDU for models less than 2 M at Z = 0.02 and quite efficient TDU for models of intermediate mass. While it is notoriously difficult to determine the masses of stars in our Galaxy, observations suggest that the minimum initial stellar mass for C-star formation is ≈ 1.5 M (Wallerstein & Knapp Reference Wallerstein and Knapp1998). The Large and Small Magellanic Clouds (LMC, SMC, respectively) are the closest satellite galaxies of our Milky Way and they both have thousands of known C stars (Frogel, Mould, & Blanco Reference Frogel, Mould and Blanco1990; Groenewegen Reference Groenewegen2004). We know the distances to these two galaxies reasonably well, enabling us to construct C-star luminosity functions (CSLFs).

3.3.2 The carbon star luminosity function and other observational constraints

Is it possible to constrain the efficiency of third dredge-up by using the CSLF of the LMC and the SMC? That the stellar luminosity on the AGB is a nearly linear function of the H-exhausted core mass (e.g., Equation (1) and Figure 18) has stimulated the development of synthetic AGB evolution models, as a quick way of simulating populations of AGB stars. The main observational constraint which models must face is the CSLF for the Magellanic Clouds.

Synthetic AGB evolution calculations performed by Groenewegen & de Jong (Reference Groenewegen and de Jong1993) and Marigo, Bressan, & Chiosi (Reference Marigo, Bressan and Chiosi1996) treat λ as a constant free parameter, calibrated by comparison with the CSLF. Synthetic AGB calculations designed to reproduce the CSLF in the LMC and SMC require an average λ = 0.5 and λ = 0.65 respectively, and M min c ≈ 0.58 M (Groenewegen & de Jong Reference Groenewegen and de Jong1993; Marigo, Girardi, & Bressan Reference Marigo, Girardi and Bressan1999; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Tout, Karakas and Pols2004; Marigo & Girardi Reference Marigo and Girardi2007). The values for M min c are lower than found in detailed models by e.g., Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002) and shown in Figure 20 and the synthetic best fit values for λ are higher than those found for the low-mass AGB models that become C-rich (e.g., λ ≲ 0.4 in Figure 20) unless considerable overshoot is applied (e.g., Herwig Reference Herwig2000; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Weiss & Ferguson Reference Weiss and Ferguson2009).

Figure 20. The minimum core mass for TDU (upper panel) and the maximum value of λ plotted against initial mass for the Z = 0.008 models from Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002). Only models with M ⩾ 1.9 M become C-rich. Figure taken from Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002).

Stancliffe, Izzard, & Tout (Reference Stancliffe, Izzard and Tout2005) were able to reproduce the CSLF of the LMC by computing AGB models without convective overshoot using the Cambridge STARS code, which predicts deeper TDU at smaller core masses than Straniero et al. (Reference Straniero, Chieffi, Limongi, Busso, Gallino and Arlandini1997) or Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002). However, the CSLF in the SMC cannot be reproduced from detailed STARS models, indicating that the problem is not yet fully solved.

Star clusters are ideal sites to constrain the TDU in AGB stars as they contain stars of similar age and metallicity. Open clusters of solar metallicity in the Milky Way Galaxy can be used to study the TDU and the growth of the core using observations of white dwarf masses in comparison to theoretical models (Kalirai, Marigo, & Tremblay Reference Kalirai, Marigo and Tremblay2014). Star clusters in the Magellanic Clouds in particular prove very valuable as they span a wide range of age, which enables us to study the evolution of stars with masses around 1.5 to 5 M (e.g., Girardi et al. Reference Girardi, Chiosi, Bertelli and Bressan1995; Girardi, Rubele, & Kerber Reference Girardi, Rubele and Kerber2009; Maceroni et al. Reference Maceroni, Testa, Plez, García Lario and D’Antona2002; Mucciarelli et al. Reference Mucciarelli, Origlia, Ferraro, Maraston and Testa2006; Mackey et al. Reference Mackey, Broby Nielsen, Ferguson and Richardson2008; Milone et al. Reference Milone, Bedin, Piotto and Anderson2009).

The clusters NGC 1978 and NGC 1846 in the LMC have been the subject of much study owing to the availability of accurate estimates of AGB structural parameters such as pulsation masses, effective temperatures, and luminosity. Kamath et al. (Reference Kamath, Wood, Soszyński and Lebzelter2010) obtained (current day) pulsation masses for NGC 1978 (and the SMC cluster NGC 419), while Lebzelter & Wood (Reference Lebzelter and Wood2007) obtained masses for the LMC cluster NGC 1846. Abundance studies have also been done (Ferraro et al. Reference Ferraro, Mucciarelli, Carretta and Origlia2006; Mucciarelli et al. Reference Mucciarelli, Carretta, Origlia and Ferraro2008; Lebzelter et al. Reference Lebzelter, Lederer, Cristallo, Hinkle, Straniero and Aringer2008; Lederer et al. Reference Lederer, Lebzelter, Cristallo, Straniero, Hinkle and Aringer2009), along with attempts to explain the observed C and O abundances for NGC 1978 and NGC 1846 using stellar evolution models (Lebzelter et al. Reference Lebzelter, Lederer, Cristallo, Hinkle, Straniero and Aringer2008; Lederer et al. Reference Lederer, Lebzelter, Cristallo, Straniero, Hinkle and Aringer2009).

Kamath et al. (Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012) presented stellar models for AGB stars in NGC 1978, NGC 1846, and NGC 419 with the aim of constraining the TDU and mass loss on the AGB. The stellar evolution models were constrained to reflect the observed AGB pulsation mass, cluster metallicity, giant branch effective temperature, M-type to C-type transition luminosity, and the AGB-tip luminosity. A major finding from the study by Kamath et al. (Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012) is that a large amount of convective overshoot (up to 3 pressure scale heights) is required at the base of the convective envelope during third dredge-up in order to get the correct O-rich to C-rich transition luminosity. Such large overshoot leads to λ values in the range 0.66 to 0.82 for the best fitting models. The first shell flashes with dredge-up occur for core masses of M min c ≈ 0.56 − 0.58 M. These values are much closer to the those values above suggested by synthetic AGB models to fit CSLFs and suggest that considerable convective overshoot occurs in low-mass AGB stars (see also studies by Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Bloecker, Schoenberner and El Eid1997; Herwig Reference Herwig2000; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Weiss & Ferguson Reference Weiss and Ferguson2009; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010).

It is important to note that this overshoot is measured from the formal Schwarzschild boundary. We know that this point is unstable to growth, but it does form a convenient position from which to measure the required amount of overshoot. Knowing the Schwarzschild boundary to be unstable has motivated some authors to implement an algorithm to try to search for a neutrally stable point (e.g., Lattanzio Reference Lattanzio1986). We note that this was not able to reproduce the observations in Kamath et al. (Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012), and further mixing was required (although the required depth was not compared to the position of the neutral point).

The large spread in the amount of overshoot required to match the observations could be telling us that is not the best way to quantify the required deeper mixing. It may indicate a mass dependence, with lower masses requiring deeper mixing. It is good to remember that although we call this ‘overshoot’ because it is mixing beyond the Schwarzschild boundary, we are not identifying the cause of the deeper mixing as ‘convective overshoot’ in the usual sense, that is to say, the mixing caused by conservation of momentum in the moving gas, which causes it to cross the point of zero acceleration (the Schwarzschild boundary). Rather, we mean any process that mixes beyond the Schwarzschild border.

3.4 Nucleosynthesis during asymptotic giant branch evolution

Thermal pulses and dredge-up may occur many times during the TP-AGB phase. Each TDU episode mixes 12C from the He intershell into the envelope and this has the effect of slowly increasing the C/O ratio of the surface, illustrated in Figure 21 for models of 3 M and 6 M at Z = 0.02. Repeated TDU episodes can explain the transition from M-type (C/O ≈ 0.5, similar to the Sun) to C-type stars:

(3) \begin{equation} {\rm M} \rightarrow {\rm MS} \rightarrow {\rm S} \rightarrow {\rm SC} \rightarrow {\rm C}, \end{equation}

where SC-type stars have C/O of approximately unity, and C-type stars have C/O > 1 by definition (Wallerstein & Knapp Reference Wallerstein and Knapp1998).

Figure 21. The surface C/O ratio as a function of thermal pulse number for (a) a 3 M, Z = 0.02 model AGB star, and (b) a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model. The lower mass 3 M model does not experience HBB and becomes C-rich. In contrast, efficient HBB occurs for the 6 M model and the C/O ratio never reaches unity. The C/O ratio is given by number, and the initial abundance is the solar ratio at C/O = 0.506.

Many C stars also have surface enrichments of heavy elements synthesised by the s-process (e.g., Zr, Y, Sr, Ba, Tc; Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1986; Smith, Lambert, & McWilliam Reference Smith, Lambert and McWilliam1987; Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1990b; Abia et al. Reference Abia2002). The element technetium has no stable isotopes. The presence of this radioactive element in AGB star spectra is a particularly important indicator of ‘recent’ s-process nucleosynthesis and mixing (Merrill Reference Merrill1952; Little-Marenin & Little Reference Little-Marenin and Little1979; Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1988; Vanture et al. Reference Vanture, Wallerstein, Brown and Bazan1991; Van Eck & Jorissen Reference Van Eck and Jorissen1999; Lebzelter & Hron Reference Lebzelter and Hron2003; Vanture et al. Reference Vanture, Smith, Lutz, Wallerstein, Lambert and Gonzalez2007; Uttenthaler Reference Uttenthaler2013). This is because the half-life of 99Tc (the isotope produced by the s-process) is 210 000 years, much shorter than the main-sequence lifetime of low-mass stars.

While C and s-process elements are the most obvious and easily verifiable examples of He-shell nucleosynthesis and TDU, there are other elements that are produced during thermal pulses including F, Na, 22Ne, and the neutron-rich Mg isotopes. Some of these isotopes are synthesised through a combination of H burning and He burning (e.g., Na). Hot bottom burning occurs in the most massive AGB stars and the main observable product of H burning is N which is produced by the CNO cycles, although other H-burning products may also be made (e.g., Na, Al etc.). The stellar yields of intermediate-mass AGB stars are strongly dependent on the complex interplay between HBB and TDU, as TDU is a supplier of primary C and 22Ne. Overall, the TP-AGB gives rise to a combination of H and He-processed material that is expelled by the star as its envelope is lost through stellar winds.

3.5 Nucleosynthesis via thermal pulses

A He-shell flash produces heat and mixing throughout the intershell region, which is composed mostly of the ashes of H-shell burning (≈ 98% 4He and 2% 14N). The two main He-burning reactions are:

  1. 1. the triple-alpha process: effectively 3 4He → 12C; the main source of energy during thermal pulses;

  2. 2. the 12C(α, γ)16O reaction, which requires a reservoir of 12C for efficient activation; this reaction produces negligible energy during shell flashes.

During a thermal pulse some of the 4He in the shell is converted into 12C by partial He burning, leaving the composition of the well-mixed intershell approximately 70% – 75% 4He (by mass), 20% – 25% 12C and a few percent 16O (e.g., Figure 14). These approximate numbers reflect the intershell composition of canonical stellar evolution models without overshoot into the C–O core. The inclusion of overshoot into the core increases the intershell composition of 12C and 16O as discussed in Herwig (Reference Herwig2000) and Section 3.5.3. There is a few percent (by mass) of 22Ne and trace amounts of other species including 17O, 23Na, 25Mg, 26Mg, and 19F. Sodium and 27Al are produced by H-burning during the preceding interpulse phase but are not destroyed by α-capture reactions during the thermal pulse. The exact composition of the He intershell after a thermal pulse depends on the mass and composition of the He shell before the pulse, the duration of the shell flash, as well as the peak temperature and density under which the burning takes place. These quantities in turn depend on the stellar mass and metallicity. The core contracts with time along the AGB which means that the thermodynamic conditions of the He shell become somewhat more extreme toward the end of the TP-AGB compared to the beginning (e.g., higher temperatures and densities resulting from a thinner, slightly more electron-degenerate shell).

3.5.1 The carbon isotopic ratio: 12C/13C

The C isotope ratio 12C/13C is a useful probe of AGB nucleosynthesis. Dredge-up increases the amount of 12C, so the ratio will increase from 12C/13C ≈ 10 − 20 at the tip of the RGB to between 30 and > 100, depending on the number of TDU episodes and the initial mass. For the 3 M model star the predicted 12C/13C ratio goes from ≈ 20 before the AGB to 119 at the tip of the AGB.

The 12C/13C ratio has been observed in samples of C-rich AGB stars (Lambert et al. Reference Lambert, Gustafsson, Eriksson and Hinkle1986; Abia & Isern Reference Abia and Isern1997) as well as PNe (Palla et al. Reference Palla, Bachiller, Stanghellini, Tosi and Galli2000; Rubin et al. Reference Rubin, Ferland, Chollet and Horstmeyer2004). The C isotopic composition of pre-solar mainstream silicon carbide (SiC) grains, which are assumed to form in the extended envelopes of C-rich AGB stars, show a well-defined distribution where 40 ≲ 12C/13C ≲ 100, which matches the ratios observed in C(N) stars (e.g., Zinner Reference Zinner1998).

The 12C/13C ratios are difficult to measure in PNe, with values spanning the range from ~ 4, the equilibrium value of the CN cycle, to upper limits of ≈ 38 (Palla et al. Reference Palla, Bachiller, Stanghellini, Tosi and Galli2000, Reference Palla, Galli, Marconi, Stanghellini and Tosi2002; Rubin et al. Reference Rubin, Ferland, Chollet and Horstmeyer2004). These ratios are, in general, lower than measured in C-rich AGB stars and lower than found in pre-solar SiC grains and suggest efficient mixing of H-burning material with the observed nebula. Atacama large millimeter/sub-millimeter array (ALMA) observations of R Sculptoris however show the surprising result that the 12C/13C ratio at the stellar photosphere is much lower, at 19, compared to the ratio obtained in the present-day mass loss (≳ 60; Vlemmings et al. Reference Vlemmings2013). These authors speculate that the lower C isotopic ratio is due to an embedded source of UV-radiation that is primarily photo-dissociating the 13CO molecule. This suggests that we need to be wary of the ratios obtained from PNe, where the star is a strong UV source illuminating the nebula.

The C and N abundances predicted by models do not match those observed in AGB stars (e.g., Lambert et al. Reference Lambert, Gustafsson, Eriksson and Hinkle1986; Abia & Isern Reference Abia and Isern1997; Milam, Woolf, & Ziurys Reference Milam, Woolf and Ziurys2009). In particular the observed 12C/13C ratios are lower than predicted by standard AGB models (e.g., Forestini & Charbonnel Reference Forestini and Charbonnel1997; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Karakas Reference Karakas2010). For example, standard AGB models predict that by the time C/O ⩾ 1 then 12C/13C ⩾ 80, which is already close to the upper limit observed in AGB stars or measured in SiC grains.

It is possible to match the observed N and C isotopic ratios by artificially lowering the 12C/13C ratio at the tip of the RGB to values observed in RGB stars (Kahane et al. Reference Kahane, Dufour, Busso, Gallino, Lugaro, Forestini and Straniero2000; Lebzelter et al. Reference Lebzelter, Lederer, Cristallo, Hinkle, Straniero and Aringer2008; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010; Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012). By adopting a 12C/13C ratio of 12 at the tip of the RGB, Kahane et al. (Reference Kahane, Dufour, Busso, Gallino, Lugaro, Forestini and Straniero2000) found that they could match the observed 12C/13C ratio of 45 for CW Leo. Similarly Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010) were able to reproduce the observed 12C/13C ratios for most of the Galactic C-rich stars. Whereas most C-rich AGB stars have 12C/13C ratios between about 30 and 80, there is a small number with 12C/13C ratios below 30 (e.g., Lambert et al. Reference Lambert, Gustafsson, Eriksson and Hinkle1986; Abia & Isern Reference Abia and Isern1997) that cannot be explained using the method above. That is, for a minimum 12C/13C ratio of 10 at the tip of the RGB the minimum predicted value at the tip of the AGB is about 30 (depending on mass and composition). A value lower than this will require some form of extra mixing on the AGB.

3.5.2 Nitrogen isotopic ratios

Nitrogen isotopic measurements have been made for a small number of evolved stars. Measurements were made for the cool C star IRC + 10216, where the 14N/15N ratio was estimated at > 4 400 (Guelin et al. Reference Guelin, Forestini, Valiron, Ziurys, Anderson, Cernicharo and Kahane1995; Kahane et al. Reference Kahane, Dufour, Busso, Gallino, Lugaro, Forestini and Straniero2000). A tentative value of ≈ 150 was made for the J-type star Y CVn (Olson & Richter Reference Olson and Richter1979), and lower limits (along with two detections) were obtained in eight C stars and two proto-PNe (Wannier et al. Reference Wannier, Andersson, Olofsson, Ukita and Young1991). In this last study six of the lower limits (> 500) were significantly larger than the ratio found in giant molecular clouds (330). Note that the Wannier et al. (Reference Wannier, Andersson, Olofsson, Ukita and Young1991) 14N/15N abundance ratio for Y CVn is 70, and for IRC + 10216 it is 5 300.

The most recent measurements by Hedrosa et al. (Reference Hedrosa, Abia, Busso, Cristallo, Domínguez, Palmerini, Plez and Straniero2013) were made for a selection of AGB stars of type C, SC, and J, where J-type C stars are defined mainly by their low 12C/13C ratio and by the absence of s-process elements (Wallerstein & Knapp Reference Wallerstein and Knapp1998). While almost all the data for C-type AGB stars show 14N/15N ≳ 1 000, a few C-type AGB stars have N isotopic values close to solar. These are difficult to reconcile with current models because known mixing events either increase the 14N/15N ratio by mixing with regions that have experienced H burning (e.g., FDU, SDU with typical values shown in Table 1 and extra mixing) or leave it largely unchanged because the material mixed to the surface is not primarily from H-burning regions (e.g., TDU). Furthermore, some of the SC type AGB stars, which are defined by having C/O ≈ 1, and presumably on an evolutionary path that takes them from M-type (O-rich) to C-type (C-rich) should have N isotopic ratios similar to C-type AGB stars. Instead, Hedrosa et al. (Reference Hedrosa, Abia, Busso, Cristallo, Domínguez, Palmerini, Plez and Straniero2013) find the SC-type AGB stars to be 15N-rich (with 14N/15N ≲ 1 000), regardless of their C isotopic ratios. The reason for this deviation between SC and C-type AGB stars is unclear and difficult to understand from a theoretical viewpoint. Furthermore, the J-type stars, whose origin is already a mystery, show 14N/15N ratios ≲ 1 000. The origin of the 15N enrichments is not clear but the only way that this isotope can be produced in low-mass AGB stars is via the CNO cycle reaction 18O(p,α)15N, which can take place in the He-burning shell provided there is a supply of protons (as discussed below in the context of F production).

3.5.3 The intershell oxygen abundance

The short duration of thermal pulses and the low C content of the region means that the 12C(α, γ)16O reaction produces negligible energy and does not produce much 16O. Canonical stellar evolution calculations of AGB stars find 16O intershell compositions of ≲ 2% (by mass, e.g., Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1988; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010). Here by ‘canonical’ we are referring to model calculations with no convective overshoot of the flash-driven convective pocket into the C–O core. Herwig (Reference Herwig2000) does include convective overshoot at the inner border of the flash driven convective zone and finds that some C and O from the C–O core is mixed into the intershell. This has the effect of increasing the C and O intershell abundances to up to ≈ 40% and 20%, respectively. The inclusion of such overshoot means that the oxygen stellar yields from low-mass AGB stars may become significant (Pignatari et al. Reference Pignatari2013). We discuss this further in Section 3.5.7.

3.5.4 Fluorine

Fluorine is produced through a complex series of reactions as outlined in detail by Forestini et al. (Reference Forestini, Goriely, Jorissen and Arnould1992), Mowlavi, Jorissen, & Arnould (Reference Mowlavi, Jorissen and Arnould1996), Mowlavi, Jorissen, & Arnould (Reference Mowlavi, Jorissen and Arnould1998) and more recently by Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Ugalde, Karakas, Görres, Wiescher, Lattanzio and Cannon2004). The main reaction pathway involves the production of 15N which is burnt to 19F via 15N(α,γ)19F. The difficulty here is in making 15N which is destroyed by proton captures in the CNO cycles, which means that the composition of the He shell before a thermal pulse will be almost devoid of this isotope. If protons can be produced by secondary reactions (e.g., 14N(n,p)12C which itself requires free neutrons) then the CNO chain reaction 18O(p,α)15N can make 15N. Because F is produced in the He intershell the composition in the envelope correlates with the abundance of C and s-process elements, as shown in Figure 22 (for C).

Figure 22. The C/O ratio versus the [F/Fe] abundance at the surface of a 3 M, Z = 0.02 AGB model. Other products of helium nucleosynthesis include 22Ne, and the final 22Ne/Ne ratio in this model increases to ≈ 0.4 from 0.068 initially. The total Ne abundance increases from log ε(Ne) = log 10(Ne/H) + 12 = 8.11 at the main sequence to 8.33 at the tip of the AGB where He/H = 0.119, C/O = 1.74 (shown in Figure 21), 12C/13C = 119, 14N/15N ≈ 2 500, and N/O = 0.40.

Fluorine has been observed in AGB stars in our Galaxy and in Local Group Galaxies (Jorissen, Smith, & Lambert Reference Jorissen, Smith and Lambert1992; Lebzelter et al. Reference Lebzelter, Lederer, Cristallo, Hinkle, Straniero and Aringer2008; Abia et al. Reference Abia, Recio-Blanco, de Laverny, Cristallo, Domínguez and Straniero2009, Reference Abia2010), PG 1159 post-AGB stars and PNe (Werner, Rauch, & Kruk Reference Werner, Rauch and Kruk2005; Otsuka et al. Reference Otsuka, Izumiura, Tajitsu and Hyung2008), and in barium stars (Alves-Brito et al. Reference Alves-Brito, Karakas, Yong, Meléndez and Vásquez2011), which are hypothesised to have received their C and Ba through mass transfer from a previous AGB companion.

The observations of Jorissen et al. (Reference Jorissen, Smith and Lambert1992) revealed F abundances that were much higher than model predictions (Forestini et al. Reference Forestini, Goriely, Jorissen and Arnould1992; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Ugalde, Karakas, Görres, Wiescher, Lattanzio and Cannon2004; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Lee, Lugaro, Görres and Wiescher2008), especially for the SC-type AGB stars with C/O ≈ 1. A re-analysis of the F abundance in three Galactic AGB stars (TX Psc, AQ Sgr, and R Scl) by Abia et al. (Reference Abia2010) revealed the cause of the discrepancy to be the model atmospheres used in the original analysis, which did not properly take into account blending with C-bearing molecules. The new abundances are up to 0.8 dex lower, bringing the models into agreement with the observations. Observations of F in the C-rich AGB stars in the LMC cluster NGC 1846 however show a discrepancy with models (Lebzelter et al. Reference Lebzelter, Lederer, Cristallo, Hinkle, Straniero and Aringer2008; Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012), with the observed F abundance increasing more strongly with the C/O ratio than in the theoretical model. While observations of F in extra-galactic C stars show most of the stars to be F rich, the models over predict the amount of C relative to the observations; see Abia et al. (Reference Abia, Cunha, Cristallo, de Laverny, Domínguez, Recio-Blanco, Smith and Straniero2011), who also suggested possible solutions including the hypothesis that most of the C might be trapped in dust grains.

3.5.5 Other species in the intershell

There is a wealth of other He-burning products produced as a consequence of thermal pulses including 19F, 22Ne, 23Na, 25Mg, 26Mg, and 27Al (Forestini & Charbonnel Reference Forestini and Charbonnel1997; Mowlavi Reference Mowlavi1999b; Herwig Reference Herwig2000; Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2003a, Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2003b; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Ugalde, Karakas, Görres, Wiescher, Lattanzio and Cannon2004; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Karakas Reference Karakas2010; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo2011). The isotope 22Ne is produced by the reaction 14N(α, γ)18F, where 18F β-decays to 18O allowing for the reaction 18O(α, γ)22Ne. The composition of 22Ne in the intershell is fairly high, at ≈ 2%. This is because the abundant 14N is completely converted into 22Ne during a thermal pulse. The 22Ne abundance is predicted to increase by almost an order of magnitude (~ 1 dex) in some AGB models (Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2003a). If the 22Ne abundance exceeds or is equal to the 20Ne abundance we should expect an observable enhancement in the elemental Ne composition. The intershell is also enriched in 23Na and 27Al. Na and 27Al are not He-burning products but are synthesised in the H shell during the previous interpulse. Unlike other H-burning products (e.g., 14N) these are left unburnt by the subsequent TP and mixed into the envelope by the next TDU episode.

3.5.6 Heavy magnesium isotopes

If the peak temperature of the thermal pulse exceeds 300 × 106 K, the neutron-rich Mg isotopes, 25Mg and 26Mg, can be synthesised by the 22Ne(α, n)25Mg and 22Ne(α, γ)26Mg reactions. These two 22Ne + α reactions have similar although uncertain rates at He-shell burning temperatures (Angulo et al. Reference Angulo1999; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Lugaro, Wiescher, Goerres and Ugalde2006b; Longland, Iliadis, & Karakas Reference Longland, Iliadis and Karakas2012; Wiescher, Käppeler, & Langanke Reference Wiescher, Käppeler and Langanke2012). Owing to the relatively high temperatures required for these two reactions, they are predicted to occur efficiently in intermediate-mass AGB stars with masses greater than about 4 M depending on metallicity (Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2003b; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Lugaro, Wiescher, Goerres and Ugalde2006b). The He intershell of lower mass AGB stars will only reach 300 MK during the last few thermal pulses (if at all). This means that the 22Ne(α, n)25Mg reaction is only marginally activated near the end of the AGB. The 22Ne(α, n)25Mg is particularly important because it produces free neutrons that can be captured by iron-peak elements enabling the s-process (Iben Reference Iben1975; Wiescher et al. Reference Wiescher, Käppeler and Langanke2012). It is the dominant neutron-producing reaction in the He and C-burning regions of massive stars (The, El Eid, & Meyer Reference The, El Eid and Meyer2007; Heil et al. Reference Heil, Käppeler, Uberseder, Gallino and Pignatari2008; Pignatari et al. Reference Pignatari, Gallino, Heil, Wiescher, Käppeler, Herwig and Bisterzo2010) and the dominant neutron source in intermediate-mass AGB stars (García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, García-Lario, Plez, D’Antona, Manchado and Trigo-Rodríguez2006; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012). We will come back to this reaction when we discuss s-process nucleosynthesis in Section 3.7.

3.5.7 Planetary nebulae and post-AGB stars

Comparisons to observations of AGB stars and their progeny can be made for many of the species considered so far. Comparisons with Ne measured in PG 1159 stars reveal good agreement with 22Ne intershell abundances found in standard models (Werner & Wolff Reference Werner and Wolff1999). Neon abundances can be reliably measured in PNe so observations of these objects can be used as a probe of AGB nucleosynthesis. A correlation is observed to exist between the Ne/H and O/H abundance in PNe in the Galaxy, LMC, SMC and M31, within a small but probably real spread (Kaler Reference Kaler1978; Aller & Czyzak Reference Aller and Czyzak1983; Henry Reference Henry1989; Dopita et al. Reference Dopita1997; Stasińska, Richer, & McCall Reference Stasińska, Richer and McCall1998; Leisy & Dennefeld Reference Leisy and Dennefeld2006; Stanghellini et al. Reference Stanghellini, Shaw, Balick and Blades2000, Reference Stanghellini, Guerrero, Cunha, Manchado and Villaver2006; Bernard-Salas et al. Reference Bernard-Salas, Pottasch, Gutenkunst, Morris and Houck2008). While AGB models can produce considerable 22Ne which results in an overall increase in the elemental Ne abundance, this is predicted to occur in only a narrow mass range and the overall agreement with the observations is good (Marigo Reference Marigo2001; Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2003a; Henry et al. Reference Henry, Speck, Karakas, Ferland and Maguire2012; Shingles & Karakas Reference Shingles and Karakas2013).

We can compare AGB predictions to the surface abundance observations of PG 1159-type post-AGB stars, which are thought to be in transition from central stars of PNe to white dwarfs (Werner et al. Reference Werner, Rauch, Reiff and Kruk2009). These H-deficient objects are quite rare, with only about two dozen known, and their atmospheres are mostly composed of He, C, and O (Werner & Rauch Reference Werner and Rauch1994; Werner & Herwig Reference Werner and Herwig2006; Jahn et al. Reference Jahn, Rauch, Reiff, Werner, Kruk and Herwig2007; Werner et al. Reference Werner, Rauch, Reiff and Kruk2009). Spectroscopic observations of the PG 1159 central stars reveal O mass fractions as high as 20% (e.g., Werner & Herwig Reference Werner and Herwig2006) clearly at odds with standard stellar models. Spectroscopic observations of Ne and F reveal abundances consistent with the models (Werner & Wolff Reference Werner and Wolff1999; Werner et al. Reference Werner, Rauch and Kruk2005). The diffusive convective overshooting models of Herwig (Reference Herwig2000) have intershell abundances that are consistent with the abundance patterns observed in PG 1159 central stars (see also, e.g., Miller Bertolami & Althaus Reference Bertolami and Althaus2006; Althaus et al. Reference Althaus, Panei, Miller Bertolami, García-Berro, Córsico, Romero, Kepler and Rohrmann2009), as discussed in Section 3.5.3. The degenerate thermal pulses found by Frost, Lattanzio, & Wood (Reference Frost, Lattanzio and Wood1998b) may have a similar effect. In this case, deep third dredge-up following the degenerate pulse can mix material from the C–O core into the envelope, enhancing the envelope in 16O.

There is other observational evidence for increased O intershell content. The high [O/Fe] abundances measured in post-AGB stars in the Galaxy and Magellanic Clouds are difficult to reconcile with standard O intershell abundances of 2% or less (Van Winckel & Reyniers Reference Van Winckel and Reyniers2000; De Smedt et al. Reference De Smedt, Van Winckel, Karakas, Siess, Goriely and Wood2012). In particular the low-metallicity SMC post-AGB star J004441.04-732136.4 has a [Fe/H] ≈ −1.3, a low C/O ratio of 1.9, combined with a high [O/Fe] ≈ 1.10. These numbers cannot be explained by canonical stellar evolution models as discussed in De Smedt et al. (Reference De Smedt, Van Winckel, Karakas, Siess, Goriely and Wood2012), which produce very high C/O ratios ≈ 20 at this low metallicity. One way to reconcile the models and observations would be through changing the O intershell abundances. Further evidence for non-standard intershell compositions comes from the O isotope ratios measured in evolved red giant stars (see discussion in Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010), which show an increase in the 16O/17O and 16O/18O ratios with evolution along the AGB. The C/O and 12C/13C ratios measured in the C-rich AGB stars in NGC 1978 are also difficult to reconcile with standard models and require higher O intershell compositions of 15% (Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012). One source of uncertainty in these conclusions is the large error bars present in the O isotopic data measured by Harris, Lambert, and collaborators (Harris et al. Reference Harris, Fowler, Caughlan and Zimmerman1983; Harris & Lambert Reference Harris and Lambert1984; Harris, Lambert, & Smith Reference Harris, Lambert and Smith1985a, Reference Harris, Lambert and Smith1985b; Harris et al. Reference Harris, Lambert, Hinkle, Gustafsson and Eriksson1987; Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1990b).

3.6 Nucleosynthesis from hot bottom burning

H-burning occurs primarily via the CNO cycles but also via the Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains if the temperature is high enough. In this section we summarise the main H-burning reactions and their products and review the results of HBB that are predicted to be observed at the surface of intermediate-mass AGB stars.

3.6.1 C, N, and O

In Section 2.2.1 we discussed the CNO cycle in the context of FDU abundance changes. During HBB the temperatures at the base of the convective envelope are higher than in the H shell during the first ascent of the giant branch, reaching T bce ≳ 100 MK in the lowest metallicity, massive AGB stars (with C–O and O–Ne cores, e.g., Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2009; Siess Reference Siess2010; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a). While these high temperatures are normally associated with He burning, the density at the base of the envelope is only a few grams cm− 3, much lower than in the H shell and other H-burning regions (e.g., the central density in the Sun is ρ ≈ 160 gram cm− 3; at the base of the H shell the typical densities during the interpulse are ≈ 30 − 40 gram cm− 3 in an intermediate-mass AGB star). This means that higher temperatures are required for nucleosynthesis and energy production than in a typical H-burning environment and also partly explains why HBB is more efficient at lower metallicities where the stars are more compact.

During HBB the CN cycle, which results in an increase in the abundance of 13C and 14N from the destruction of other CNO species, comes into equilibrium quickly. The isotopes 12C and 15N are first destroyed by the CN cycle and later the oxygen isotopes 16O and 18O are also destroyed to produce 14N. The abundance of 17O can be enhanced by the CNO bi-cycle, depending on the uncertain rates of the 17O + p branching reactions whereas 19F is destroyed (e.g., Angulo et al. Reference Angulo1999; Arnould et al. Reference Arnould, Goriely and Jorissen1999; Iliadis et al. Reference Iliadis, Longland, Champagne, Coc and Fitzgerald2010).

In Figure 21(b) we show the evolution of the C/O ratio at the surface of a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model with HBB. The C/O ratio stays below unity for the entire TP-AGB phase and only starts to increase from C/O ≲ 0.1 during the final eight thermal pulses, which is when HBB starts to shut down owing to the erosion of the envelope by mass loss. By the final calculated thermal pulse the C/O ratio is just above the starting (solar) value of 0.5. The evolution of the 12C/13C ratio and elemental N abundance in Figure 23 also demonstrates efficient activation of the CNO cycles. The 12C/13C ratio behaves similarly to the C/O ratio and stays close to the equilibrium value of ≈ 3 for much of the TP-AGB. The N abundance is seen to increase by almost an order of magnitude, more than would be allowed if the initial C + N + O was consumed to produce 14N. This is because primary 12C is mixed from the intershell by the TDU into the envelope, where it is converted into N. Note also that the 14N/15N ratio during the TP-AGB is ≳ 10 000, reaching essentially the CN cycle equilibrium value. The O isotopic ratios also evolve, where the 16O/17O ratio increases with evolution to a final value of ≈ 465 whereas the 16O/18O ratio increases to above 106 as almost all of the available 18O is destroyed. The elemental O abundance in the 6 M model only decreases however by ≈ 0.06 dex.

Figure 23. The evolution of the 12C/13C ratio and the nitrogen elemental abundance at the surface of the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the TP-AGB. The ratio is given by number and the abundance of nitrogen is in units of log 10(Y), where Y = X/A and X is mass fraction and A is atomic mass.

3.6.2 Ne, Na, Mg, and Al

In the left part of Figure 24 we show the reactions of the Ne–Na chain (Rolfs & Rodney Reference Rolfs and Rodney1988; Arnould et al. Reference Arnould, Goriely and Jorissen1999), where unstable isotopes are denoted by dashed circles. The main result of the Ne–Na chain is the production of 23Na at the expense of the Ne isotopes, primarily 22Ne but also 21Ne, which is the rarest neon isotope. The production of Na by the Ne–Na chain was examined in detail by Mowlavi (Reference Mowlavi1999b), who predicted that AGB stars could play an integral role in the chemical evolution of Na in the Galaxy.

Figure 24. Reactions of the Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains. Unstable isotopes are denoted by dashed circles. From Karakas & Lattanzio (Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2003a) and based on a similar figure in Arnould et al. (Reference Arnould, Goriely and Jorissen1999).

The dominant 20Ne is not significantly altered by H-shell burning, but the destruction of 23Na at temperatures over 90 MK can lead to a slight enhancement in the 20Ne abundance. The rate of 23Na destruction is important for determining Na yields (e.g., Iliadis et al. Reference Iliadis, D’Auria, Starrfield, Thompson and Wiescher2001; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Lugaro, Karakas, Iliadis and van Raai2007). Whether there is leakage out of the Ne-Na chain into the Mg-Al chain depends on the relative rates of the uncertain 23Na(p,α)20Ne and 23Na(p,γ)24Mg reactions. Hale et al. (Reference Hale, Champagne, Iliadis, Hansper, Powell and Blackmon2004) presented revised rates of both of these reactions and found them to be faster than previous estimates (e.g., Angulo et al. Reference Angulo1999; Iliadis et al. Reference Iliadis, D’Auria, Starrfield, Thompson and Wiescher2001) which had a significant impact on Na yields from AGB stars as we discuss in Section 5.

Magnesium and aluminium are altered in the H-burning shell via the activation of the Mg–Al chain, whose reactions are shown on the right-hand side of Figure 24. This series of reactions involves the radioactive nuclide 26Al which has a ground state 26Al g with a half-life of τ1/2 = 700 000 years along with a short-lived (τ1/2 = 6.35 s) isomeric state 26Al m . These have to be considered as separate species since they are out of thermal equilibrium at the relevant temperatures (Arnould et al. Reference Arnould, Goriely and Jorissen1999). Hereafter, when we refer to 26Al we are referring to the ground-state, 26Al g .

The first isotope in the Mg–Al chain to be affected is 25Mg, which is burnt to 26Al. The β-decay lifetime of 26Al relative to proton capture generally favours proton capture within the H-burning shell. This produces the unstable 27Si which quickly β-decays (with a lifetime on the order of a few seconds) to 27Al. The abundance of 26Mg is enhanced by the β-decay of 26Al in the H-shell ashes. Proton capture on 24Mg requires higher temperatures than those required for the other reactions in the Mg–Al chain but model predictions (e.g., Figure 25) suggest that this dominant isotope can be efficiently destroyed by HBB.

Figure 25. The evolution of various species involved in the Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains at the surface of the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model (upper panel) and 6 M, Z = 0.004 model (lower panel) during the TP-AGB. Time on the x-axis is scaled such that t = 0 is the time at the first thermal pulse. Abundances on the y-axis are in units of log 10 Y, where Y = X/A, where X is mass fraction and A is atomic mass. Both calculations used the same set of of reaction rates and scaled solar abundances. The 6 M, Z = 0.004 model has been described previously in Karakas (Reference Karakas2010).

In Figure 25 we show the evolution of various isotopes involved in the Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains at the surface of two models of 6 M. The upper panel shows the predicted nucleosynthesis for the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model we have been describing so far, which has a peak T bce of 82 MK. The lower panel shows results from a 6 M, Z = 0.004 model which has a peak T bce of 95 MK. While the CNO isotopes for the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model (Figure 23) clearly show the effects of HBB on the predicted surface abundances, the abundances of heavier isotopes show only marginal activation of the Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains. Most of the increase in 22Ne, 25Mg, and 26Mg is from the TDU bringing He-shell burning products to the surface. The slight increase in 27Al ([Al/Fe] ≈ 0.1 at the tip of the AGB) is mostly from Al produced in the H shell and mixed to the surface by the TDU and not from HBB. Sodium barely increases from the post-SDU value. In contrast, the lower metallicity 6 M model, which is not only hotter but more compact, shows considerable destruction of 24Mg, an increase in 26Al which can only come from H burning and the Mg–Al chains, and variations in 25Mg and 26Mg consistent with HBB. Sodium initially increases before being destroyed again by proton-capture reactions.

There is a paucity of observational evidence for constraining stellar models of intermediate-mass stars during their TP-AGB phase. This is partly because there are few stars found at the AGB-luminosity limit near M bol ≈ −7 but also because of the complexity of the model atmospheres required for the interpretation of the spectra. Evolved intermediate-mass AGB stars are long-period pulsators with low effective temperatures, which means that the dynamics of the atmosphere must be taken into consideration (McSaveney et al. Reference McSaveney, Wood, Scholz, Lattanzio and Hinkle2007). The few observations of stars in our Galaxy suggest that most of them, even the optically obscured stars, are O-rich and s-process-rich which points to both efficient HBB and TDU (Wood et al. Reference Wood, Bessell and Fox1983; García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, García-Lario, Plez, D’Antona, Manchado and Trigo-Rodríguez2006, Reference García-Hernández, Zamora, Yagüe, Uttenthaler, Karakas, Lugaro, Ventura and Lambert2013). In the Magellanic Clouds, most of the bright AGB stars are also O-rich but some dust-obscured objects are also C-rich as we have already noted.

The study by McSaveney et al. (Reference McSaveney, Wood, Scholz, Lattanzio and Hinkle2007) obtained abundances for a small sample of bright AGB stars for comparison to theoretical models. The observations of C, N, and O were a relatively good match to stellar evolution models but no observed enrichments were found for Na and Al. We note that the latest nuclear reaction rates suggest much lower Na production than previously calculated (Karakas Reference Karakas2010) so perhaps this is not surprising. Al production is also predicted to be highly metallicity dependent with little production in AGB stars with [Fe/H] ≳ −0.7 (Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013).

Predictions such as those presented here (or by others, e.g., Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013) that intermediate-mass AGB stars result in nucleosynthesis variations in the Ne, Na, Mg, and Al isotopes are particularly useful for comparison to GC abundance anomalies. All well-studied GCs show star-to-star abundance variations in C, N, O, F, and Na, and some show variations in Mg, Al, and Si (e.g., Gratton et al. Reference Gratton, Sneden and Carretta2004, Reference Gratton, Carretta and Bragaglia2012; Carretta et al. Reference Carretta, Bragaglia, Gratton and Lucatello2009; Yong et al. Reference Yong2013, and references therein) and only a few GCs show variations in iron-peak and heavy elements (e.g., ω Cen and M22 Norris & Da Costa Reference Norris and Da Costa1995; Johnson et al. Reference Johnson, Pilachowski, Simmerer and Schwenk2008; Da Costa & Marino Reference Da Costa and Marino2011). The lack of star-to-star variations in Fe and Eu have led to the conclusion that core-collapse supernovae did not play a role in the self enrichment of these systems and have suggested an important contribution from intermediate-mass AGB stars. Globular cluster star abundances show C and N are anti-correlated with each other, as are O and Na, and (sometimes) Mg and Al. That is the pattern expected if H burning at relatively high temperatures has caused the observed abundance patterns (Prantzos et al. Reference Prantzos, Charbonnel and Iliadis2007).

At the highest HBB temperatures, breakout of the Mg–Al cycle can occur via the 27Al(p,γ)28Si reaction. If this occurs then we would expect to see correlations between enhanced Al and Si (Ventura, Carini, & D’Antona Reference Ventura, Carini and D’Antona2011). Yong et al. (Reference Yong, Grundahl, Johnson and Asplund2008) find that N abundances in the giant stars of the GC NGC 6752 are positively correlated with Si, Al, and Na, indicating breakout of the Mg–Al chain. Carretta et al. (Reference Carretta, Bragaglia, Gratton and Lucatello2009) also find a spread in the Si abundances of the GCs NGC 6752 (see also Yong et al. Reference Yong2013) and NGC 2808, and a positive correlation between Al and Si. Models by Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, Carini and D’Antona2011) show that the most Al-enriched models are also enriched in Si so it seems that hot H burning can produce such a trend, even if the site of the proton-capture nucleosynthesis in GCs is still unknown.

It is possible to obtain isotopic ratios for Mg by using the MgH line (Guelin et al. Reference Guelin, Forestini, Valiron, Ziurys, Anderson, Cernicharo and Kahane1995; Shetrone Reference Shetrone1996a, Reference Shetrone1996b; Gay & Lambert Reference Gay and Lambert2000; Kahane et al. Reference Kahane, Dufour, Busso, Gallino, Lugaro, Forestini and Straniero2000; Yong et al. Reference Yong, Grundahl, Lambert, Nissen and Shetrone2003a; Yong, Lambert, & Ivans Reference Yong, Lambert and Ivans2003b; Yong, Aoki, & Lambert Reference Yong, Aoki and Lambert2006; Da Costa, Norris, & Yong Reference Da Costa, Norris and Yong2013). The Mg isotopic ratios therefore become an important probe of the site of the nucleosynthesis that has added to the chemical enrichment of GC systems. The GCs show an intriguing trend: the stars that are considered normal or ‘not polluted’ are (relatively) O-rich and Na-poor, and sometimes Mg-rich and Al-poor. These stars show a near solar Mg isotopic ratio. The stars that are considered ‘polluted’ show O-depletions and sometimes Mg-depletions, are rich in Na and sometimes Al. For those globular clusters that do show stars with variations in Mg and Al we find that 24Mg is depleted at the expense of 26Mg with essentially no star-to-star variations in 25Mg (e.g., Da Costa et al. Reference Da Costa, Norris and Yong2013).

In Figure 26 we show the evolution of the Mg isotopes at the surface of a 6 M, Z = 0.004 ([Fe/H] ≈ −0.7) AGB model. The metallicity of this model matches some of the stars in ω Cen studied by Da Costa et al. (Reference Da Costa, Norris and Yong2013) and the sole M 71 star analysed by Yong et al. (Reference Yong, Aoki and Lambert2006), and may help reveal a trend with metallicity. If we focus just on ω Cen, then at all metallicities the stars show approximately solar ratios for 25Mg/Mg ≈ 0.1 (e.g., Figure 9 in Da Costa et al. Reference Da Costa, Norris and Yong2013). In contrast, 24Mg/Mg shows a decrease with [Fe/H], while 26Mg/Mg shows an increase, with the most extreme cases showing 24Mg/Mg ≈ 0.5 and 26Mg/Mg ≈ 0.4 at [Fe/H] ≈ −1.5. At the metallicity of the 6 M AGB model shown in Figure 26, all observed ratios are again approximately solar, in disagreement with model predictions.

Figure 26. The evolution of stable Mg isotopes at the surface of the 6 M, Z = 0.004 model during the TP-AGB. Time on the x-axis is scaled such that t = 0 is the time at the first thermal pulse. Abundances on the y-axis are scaled to the total Mg composition, Y( i Mg)/{Y(24Mg) + Y(25Mg) + Y(26Mg)}, where Y = X/A, where X is mass fraction and A is atomic mass. The initial Mg isotopic ratios on the main sequence are solar: 24Mg/25Mg = 7.89 and 24Mg/26Mg = 7.17 (e.g. Asplund et al. Reference Asplund, Grevesse, Sauval and Scott2009). By the tip of the TP-AGB, the model ratios are 24Mg/25Mg = 0.11 and 24Mg/26Mg = 0.14 indicating that most of the 24Mg has been destroyed by proton captures.

What is particularly unusual about these observed abundance ratios is: (1) at the low metallicities of the GC stars examined to date, chemical evolution models suggest a dominant contribution from core-collapse supernovae that produce mostly 24Mg and there should be almost no 25Mg or 26Mg (e.g., Kobayashi et al. Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b). That is, the normal stars should be completely dominated by 24Mg (about 97% of the total Mg) and not show a solar Mg isotopic ratio. (2) H burning in AGB stars or massive stars, regardless of the stellar evolution code used, struggles to explain these isotopic ratios and unchanging 25Mg abundances without resorting to variations in reaction rates (Fenner et al. Reference Fenner, Campbell, Karakas, Lattanzio and Gibson2004; Herwig Reference Herwig2004b; Decressin, Charbonnel, & Meynet Reference Decressin, Charbonnel and Meynet2007; de Mink et al. Reference de Mink, Pols, Langer and Izzard2009; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2009). Parametric models can explain the observed abundances but provide few clues as to the physical site responsible (Prantzos et al. Reference Prantzos, Charbonnel and Iliadis2007). We note that reaction rates involving the Mg and Al species are quite uncertain and the new reaction rates presented by Straniero et al. (Reference Straniero2013) may help resolve the issue.

3.6.3 Lithium

The discovery that the brightest AGB stars are rich in Li (Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1989, Reference Smith and Lambert1990a; Plez et al. Reference Plez, Smith and Lambert1993; García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, Zamora, Yagüe, Uttenthaler, Karakas, Lugaro, Ventura and Lambert2013) gave further credibility to the idea that HBB was actually occurring in intermediate-mass AGB stars. The production of 7Li is thought to occur via the Cameron–Fowler mechanism (Cameron & Fowler Reference Cameron and Fowler1971): Some 3He, created earlier in the evolution (during central H-burning), captures an α-particle to create 7Be. The 7Be can either (1) capture a proton to complete the ppIII chain, or (2) capture an electron to produce 7Li. Whether the 7Be follows path (1) or path (2) depends critically on the temperature of the region. Owing to efficient mixing in the convective envelope, some of the 7Be is mixed into a cooler region which prevents proton capture. The 7Be will undergo electron capture instead, producing 7Li. The 7Li is also subject to proton capture and is eventually mixed into the hot temperature region and subsequently destroyed. Once the envelope is depleted in 3He, 7Li production stops. In Figure 27 we illustrate the evolution of 7Li at the surface of a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the TP-AGB. The Li-rich phase occurs when the abundance of Li exceeds log ε(Li) ≳ 2 and lasts for ~ 200 000 years for the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model shown in Figure 27.

Figure 27. The surface abundance of 7Li during the TP-AGB phase for a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model. The units on the y-axis are log 10(n(Li)/n(H) + 12) and time on the x-axis is scaled such that t = 0 is the beginning of the TP-AGB. The lithium-rich phase lasts for about 200 000 years.

Some approximation to time-dependent mixing is required to produce 7Li in a HBB calculation because the nuclear timescale for the reactions involved in the Cameron–Fowler mechanism is similar to the convective turnover timescale (see Figure 2 in Boothroyd & Sackmann Reference Boothroyd and Sackmann1992). Stellar evolution calculations usually use the diffusion equation to approximate mixing in stellar interiors, although we warn that this is only an approximation and that mixing is advective rather than diffusive.

Stellar evolution models are able to account for the magnitude of the Li-enrichment observed in intermediate-mass AGB stars, even though there are considerable modelling uncertainties (van Raai et al. Reference van Raai, Lugaro, Karakas, Garcia-Hernandez and Yong2012; García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, Zamora, Yagüe, Uttenthaler, Karakas, Lugaro, Ventura and Lambert2013). Ventura, D’Antona, & Mazzitelli (Reference Ventura, D’Antona and Mazzitelli2000) were able to use the Li-rich phase of bright intermediate-mass AGB stars in the Magellanic Clouds as a constraint of mass-loss rates, which are a highly uncertain but important ingredient in stellar evolution modelling. Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, D’Antona and Mazzitelli2000) concluded that large mass-loss rates of 10− 4 M/year are required to fit the observations of Li-rich AGB stars in the Magellanic Clouds. Using the Blöcker mass-loss rate (Blöcker Reference Blöcker1995), they were able to constrain the η r parameter to ≈ 0.01, where higher values of ⩾ 0.05 lead to too high mass-loss rates when compared to the population of optically visible luminous, Li-rich AGB stars in the Magellanic Clouds.

3.6.4 Type I planetary nebulae

Type I PNe are defined as a separate class based on both abundances and morphology. Peimbert & Torres-Peimbert (Reference Peimbert and Torres-Peimbert1987) originally defined Type I PNe to have He/H > 0.125, N/O > 0.5 and to show, in general, bipolar morphologies (Peimbert Reference Peimbert and Terzian1978; Peimbert & Torres-Peimbert Reference Peimbert and Torres-Peimbert1987; Peimbert Reference Peimbert1990). Kingsburgh & Barlow (Reference Kingsburgh and Barlow1994) propose a modified N threshold (N/O > 0.8) based on nuclear processing constraints and find that Type I PNe constitute about 16% of their sample. This fraction is close to the fraction of bipolar PNe found by Manchado (Reference Manchado, Kwok, Dopita and Sutherland2003), at 17%. The bipolars are more or less the same as the Type Is, with an average N/O = 1.3. Note that selection effects are uncertain and can be substantial (e.g., not accounting for selection effects, roughly 23% of the PNe are Type I in the sample of Sterling & Dinerstein Reference Sterling and Dinerstein2008).

Type I PNe are associated with a younger, metal-rich population that evolved from initial stellar masses of 2 – 8 M (Peimbert Reference Peimbert1990; Corradi & Schwarz Reference Corradi and Schwarz1995; Peña, Rechy-García, & García-Rojas Reference Peña, Rechy-García and García-Rojas2013). The origin of Type I PNe has been associated with intermediate-mass stars experien-cing HBB (Vassiliadis et al. Reference Vassiliadis1996) but the large number of Type I objects (roughly 17%), combined with the very short post-AGB crossing time for M ⩾ 4 M stars (e.g., Bloecker Reference Bloecker1995) suggest that the initial progenitor masses are closer to 3 M.

Standard AGB models of ≈ 3 M do not produce the high He/H and N/O ratios that are typical of Type I PNe (e.g., Figure 22). While some Type I PNe may be associated with binary evolution owing to the high frequency of Type I objects associated with non-spherical/elliptical morphologies (e.g., Shaw et al. Reference Shaw, Stanghellini, Villaver and Mutchler2006; Stanghellini & Haywood Reference Stanghellini and Haywood2010) some fraction of the Type I PNe will have evolved as essentially single stars. Rotation rates peak in main sequence stars of ≳ 3 M and it has been suggested that rotationally induced mixing on the main sequence could be one mechanism to increase the post-FDU He and N abundance (Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, van Raai, Lugaro, Sterling and Dinerstein2009; Lagarde et al. Reference Lagarde, Romano, Charbonnel, Tosi, Chiappini and Matteucci2012; Miszalski et al. Reference Miszalski, Boffin, Frew, Acker, Köppen, Moffat and Parker2012; Stasińska et al. Reference Stasińska, Peña, Bresolin and Tsamis2013).

3.7 The slow neutron capture process

Most heavy nuclei with atomic masses greater than A > 56 are formed by neutron addition onto abundant Fe-peak elements. The solar abundance distribution shown in Figure 28 is characterised by peaks that can be explained by:

  1. 1. the slow neutron capture process, the s-process;

    Figure 28. Solar abundance distribution using data from Asplund et al. (Reference Asplund, Grevesse, Sauval and Scott2009). The main features of the abundance distribution include the hydrogen (proton number, Z = 1) and helium peaks, resulting from Big Bang nucleosynthesis, followed by the gorge separating helium from carbon where the light elements lithium, beryllium, and boron reside. From carbon there is a continuous decrease to scandium followed by the iron peak and then a gentle downwards slope to the elements predominantly produced by neutron captures. These include elements heavier than zinc and are highlighted in blue. Proton numbers are also given for a selection of elements.

  2. 2. the rapid neutron capture process, the r-process.

The seminal papers by Burbidge, Burbidge, Fowler, & Hoyle (Reference Burbidge, Burbidge, Fowler and Hoyle1957) and Cameron (Reference Cameron1957) laid down the foundations for these processes and Wallerstein et al. (Reference Wallerstein1997) provides an updated review (see also the reviews by Meyer Reference Meyer1994; Busso et al. Reference Busso, Gallino and Wasserburg1999; Herwig Reference Herwig2005; Lattanzio & Lugaro Reference Lattanzio and Lugaro2005; Käppeler et al. Reference Käppeler, Gallino, Bisterzo and Aoki2011).

During the r-process neutron densities as high as N n ≳ 1020 neutrons cm− 3 are produced. This means that the timescales for neutron capture are much faster than β-decay rates. The r-process will produce isotopes essentially up to the neutron drip line. These isotopes then decay to stable, neutron-rich isotopes once the neutron flux is gone. Given the extreme conditions required for the r-process, it has been hypothesised to occur during supernovae explosions (Fryer et al. Reference Fryer, Herwig, Hungerford and Timmes2006; Wanajo et al. Reference Wanajo, Nomoto, Janka, Kitaura and Müller2009, Reference Wanajo, Janka and Müller2011; Arcones, Janka, & Scheck Reference Arcones, Janka and Scheck2007; Arcones & Montes Reference Arcones and Montes2011; Winteler et al. Reference Winteler, Käppeli, Perego, Arcones, Vasset, Nishimura, Liebendörfer and Thielemann2012) but other sites have also been proposed including colliding neutron stars (Argast et al. Reference Argast, Samland, Thielemann and Qian2004; Korobkin et al. Reference Korobkin, Rosswog, Arcones and Winteler2012), and black hole/neutron star mergers (Surman et al. Reference Surman, McLaughlin, Ruffert, Janka and Hix2008). We refer to Meyer (Reference Meyer1994), Arnould, Goriely, & Takahashi (Reference Arnould, Goriely and Takahashi2007), and Thielemann et al. (Reference Thielemann2011) for further details.

For the rest of this section we will concern ourselves with the s-process, which occurs under conditions of relatively low neutron densities (N n ≲ 108 neutrons cm− 3). In Figure 29 we show the typical path of the s-process through a section of the chart of the nuclides around the Zr to Ru region. During the s-process the timescale for neutron capture is slower, in general, than the β-decay rate of unstable isotopes. In Figure 29 we can see that when neutrons reach a relatively short-lived isotope, such as 95Zr with a half-life of approximately 64 days, the isotope will have time to decay to 95Mo instead of capturing another neutron. The s-process will therefore produce isotopes along the valley of β-stability and is responsible for the production of roughly half of all elements heavier than Fe.

Figure 29. Schematic showing the Zr to Ru region of the chart of the nuclides. Neutron number increases along the x-axis and proton number on the y-axis. Unstable isotopes are shown as white squares with the half-life of the ground state. Stable isotopes are shown in colour with the solar-system percentage shown (not all isotopes are shown, so the total may not sum to 100). The typical s-process path that results from neutron densities typical of the 13C(α,n)16O neutron source is shown by the thick blue line. Under these conditions, the isotope 96Zr is not reached by the s-process and is an r-process only isotope (in blue). Similarly, the isotope 96Mo is an s-only isotope (in yellow) because it is shielded from the r-process by 96Zr. The isotopes that are not reached by neutron capture are shown in pink and are produced either by proton addition or spallation under extreme conditions. The unstable isotope 99Tc is on the main s-process path.

While it is common to characterise elements as being produced by one of the neutron-capture processes (e.g., Eu is an r-process element), we stress that most heavy elements are produced in part by both the s- and the r-processes. However, there are some isotopes that are only produced by the s-process (e.g., 96Mo in Figure 29) because of shielding from the r-process, while some neutron-rich isotopes cannot be easily reached by the s-process (e.g., 96Zr). Some proton-rich heavy isotopes cannot be reached by either the s- or r-process and are usually rare in nature and a small component of the total elemental fraction. Examples include 92, 94Mo, shown in Figure 29, which together make up 24% of elemental Mo in the solar system. Arlandini et al. (Reference Arlandini, Käppeler, Wisshak, Gallino, Lugaro, Busso and Straniero1999) used detailed AGB stellar models to provide a breakdown of the solar system isotopic abundance distribution according to an origin in either the r- or s-process (their Table 2; see similar breakdowns by Goriely Reference Goriely1999; Travaglio et al. Reference Travaglio, Gallino, Arnone, Cowan, Jordan and Sneden2004; Simmerer et al. Reference Simmerer, Sneden, Cowan, Collier, Woolf and Lawler2004; Sneden, Cowan, & Gallino Reference Sneden, Cowan and Gallino2008). Examples of elements where the solar-system abundance fraction is mainly produced by the s-process include Sr, Y, Zr, Ba, La, and Pb, where 91% of solar-system Pb was produced in the s-process (Table 3 in Travaglio et al. Reference Travaglio, Gallino, Busso and Gratton2001a). Similarly some elements such as Ag, Xe, Eu are predominantly produced by the r-process (e.g., 97% of solar-system Eu, see Sneden et al. Reference Sneden, Cowan and Gallino2008).

Table 2. List of AGB yields available. We only include detailed AGB evolutionary studies that include yields; not just surface abundance predictions, and we include studies with more than one mass. We list the range of masses and metallicities for each study and we note if they include s-process element predictions.

a Yields for six metallicities are provided with the range noted in the table.

b Yields for nine metallicities are provided with the range noted in the table.

c Downloadable tables are surface abundance predictions, yields are given in their Table 4.

In Figure 28 we show the distribution of elements in our solar system using the latest set of solar abundances from Asplund et al. (Reference Asplund, Grevesse, Sauval and Scott2009). We have highlighted elements heavier than Fe in blue, and an examination of this figure shows peaks around Sr, Ba, and Pb (corresponding to atomic masses 88, 137, 207 respectively). These elements are dominated by nuclei with a magic number of neutrons (n = 50, 82, 126). Note that for lighter elements there are also peaks at n = 2, 8, 20, and 28. A nucleus composed of a magic number of protons and a magic number of neutrons is very stable and considered to be ‘doubly magic’. Examples include 16O with 8 protons and 8 neutrons, and 208Pb, with 82 protons and 126 neutrons. Supernovae produce a considerable amount of 56Ni, which is doubly magic with 28 protons and 28 neutrons and eventually decays to 56Fe and is the cause of the Fe-peak seen in Figure 28. The stability of nuclei with a magic number of nucleons follows from the closed shells in the quantum mechanical model of the nucleus (Mayer Reference Mayer1950). In practice, nuclei with a magic number of neutrons are more stable against neutron capture than surrounding nuclei because of their low neutron capture cross sections. These nuclei act as bottlenecks and are consequently seen as s-process peaks in the abundance distribution.

Theoretically there are two main astrophysical ‘sites’ of the s-process in nature. The first are AGB stars, which are observationally and theoretically confirmed as factories for the production of heavy elements. The first evidence that stars and not the Big Bang are responsible for the production of elements heavier than Fe came from observations by Merrill (Reference Merrill1952) of radioactive Tc in red giant stars. The second main s-process site is massive stars, where the s-process occurs during core He burning and in the convective C-burning shell, prior to the supernova explosion (The, El Eid, & Meyer Reference The, El Eid and Meyer2000; The et al. Reference The, El Eid and Meyer2007; Pignatari et al. Reference Pignatari, Gallino, Heil, Wiescher, Käppeler, Herwig and Bisterzo2010; Frischknecht, Hirschi, & Thielemann Reference Frischknecht, Hirschi and Thielemann2012). We will concentrate on the s-process occurring in AGB stars.

3.7.1 Neutron sources in AGB stars

Neutron capture processes require a source of free neutrons, given that neutrons are unstable and decay in about 15 minutes. There are two important neutron sources available during He-shell burning in AGB stars:

  1. 1. 14N(α, γ)18F(β+ ν)18O(α, γ)22Ne(α, n)25Mg.

  2. 2. 12C(p, γ)13N(β+ ν)13C(α, n)16O.

The 22Ne(α, n)25Mg reaction was first identified as a neutron source for AGB stars by Cameron (Reference Cameron1960). The intershell region is rich in 14N from CNO cycling and during a thermal pulse 14N can suffer successive α captures to produce 22Ne. If the temperature exceeds 300 × 106 K, 22Ne starts to capture α particles to produce 25Mg and 26Mg in almost equal proportions. Neutrons are released by the 22Ne(α, n)25Mg reaction during convective thermal pulses. Given the high temperatures required for the 22Ne(α, n)25Mg to operate efficiently, it is theoretically predicted to be effective in AGB stars with initial masses ≳ 4 M.

The observational data for the s-process mainly comes from ‘intrinsic’ low-mass AGB stars and their progeny, with initial progenitor masses ≲ 4 M. The 22Ne(α, n)25Mg is not efficient in these stars and requires operation of the 13C(α, n)16O neutron source instead. Observations come from stars with spectral types M, S, SC, C(N), post-AGB stars, and planetary nebulae (Smith & Lambert Reference Smith and Lambert1986; Vanture et al. Reference Vanture, Wallerstein, Brown and Bazan1991; Abia et al. Reference Abia, Busso, Gallino, Domínguez, Straniero and Isern2001, Reference Abia2002; Abia, de Laverny, & Wahlin Reference Abia, de Laverny and Wahlin2008; Van Winckel & Reyniers Reference Van Winckel and Reyniers2000; Reyniers et al. Reference Reyniers, Abia, van Winckel, Lloyd Evans, Decin, Eriksson and Pollard2007; Sterling & Dinerstein Reference Sterling and Dinerstein2008; van Aarle et al. Reference van Aarle, Van Winckel, De Smedt, Kamath and Wood2013). Extrinsic s-process rich objects also provide a wealth of observational data and include barium and CH-type stars, carbon-enhanced metal-poor (CEMP) stars, dwarf C stars, and some planetary nebulae (Luck & Bond Reference Luck and Bond1991; Allen & Barbuy Reference Allen and Barbuy2006a, Reference Allen and Barbuy2006b; Allen & Porto de Mello Reference Allen and Porto de Mello2007; Suda et al. Reference Suda2008, Reference Suda, Yamada, Katsuta, Komiya, Ishizuka, Aoki and Fujimoto2011; Masseron et al. Reference Masseron, Johnson, Plez, van Eck, Primas, Goriely and Jorissen2010; Pereira, Gallino, & Bisterzo Reference Pereira, Gallino and Bisterzo2012; Miszalski et al. Reference Miszalski2013). These observations are consistent with theoretical models covering a broad range in metallicity and mass (e.g., Hollowell & Iben Reference Hollowell and Iben1988; Gallino et al. Reference Gallino, Arlandini, Busso, Lugaro, Travaglio, Straniero, Chieffi and Limongi1998; Goriely & Mowlavi Reference Goriely and Mowlavi2000; Busso et al. Reference Busso, Gallino, Lambert, Travaglio and Smith2001; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Davis, Gallino, Pellin, Straniero and Käppeler2003; Karakas, Lugaro, & Gallino Reference Karakas, Lugaro and Gallino2007; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, van Raai, Lugaro, Sterling and Dinerstein2009; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009, Reference Cristallo2011; Karakas & Lugaro Reference Karakas and Lugaro2010; Bisterzo et al. Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2010, Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2011, Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2012; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012; Pignatari et al. Reference Pignatari2013).

Efficient activation of the 13C(α, n)16O reaction requires some 13C to be present in the intershell. CNO cycling during the previous interpulse phase leaves a small amount of 13C but not enough to account for the s-process enrichments of AGB stars (e.g., Gallino et al. Reference Gallino, Arlandini, Busso, Lugaro, Travaglio, Straniero, Chieffi and Limongi1998; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Lugaro and Gallino2007). For the 13C neutron source to produce enough neutrons to feed the s-process there has to be an additional source of 13C. This requires the operation of both proton and α-capture reactions in the He intershell, a region normally devoid of protons.

If some protons are mixed from the convective envelope into the top layers of the He intershell then these protons will react with the abundant 12C to produce 13C via the CN cycle reactions: 12C(p,γ)13N(β+ ν)13C (Iben & Renzini Reference Iben and Renzini1982b). This results in a thin layer rich in 13C and 14N known as the ‘13C pocket’ (Iben & Renzini Reference Iben and Renzini1982a). Straniero et al. (Reference Straniero, Gallino, Busso, Chiefei, Raiteri, Limongi and Salaris1995) discovered that the 13C nuclei then burn via (α,n) reactions in radiative conditions before the onset of the next thermal pulse. The neutrons are released in the 13C pocket, and the s-process occurs between thermal pulses in the same layers where the 13C was produced. When the next convective thermal pulse occurs, it ingests this s-element rich layer, mixing it over the intershell.

It does appear that there is a dichotomy in models of the s-process in AGB stars. This arises because low-mass models do not reach temperatures high enough to activate the 22Ne source and as a consequence the 13C neutron source is dominant. At a metallicity of Z = 0.02 the mass at which the importance of the two neutron sources switch is ≃ 4 M (Goriely & Siess Reference Goriely and Siess2004). This dichotomy has important implications for the yields of s-process elements produced by AGB stars of different mass ranges.

The 13C and the 22Ne neutron sources produce s-process abundance distributions that are very different from each other. There are two main reasons for this. The first is that the 13C source operates over long timescales (≈ 103 years), which means that the time integrated neutron fluxes are high even if the peak neutron densities are lower (≲ 107 neutrons cm− 3) than for the 22Ne source (Busso et al. Reference Busso, Gallino, Lambert, Travaglio and Smith2001). This means the s-process can reach isotopes beyond the first s-peak at Sr–Y–Zr to Ba and Pb (Gallino et al. Reference Gallino, Arlandini, Busso, Lugaro, Travaglio, Straniero, Chieffi and Limongi1998). It is for this reason that the 13C source is responsible for the production of the bulk of the s-process elements in low-mass AGB stars reaching, as mentioned above, up to Pb at low metallicities (Gallino et al. Reference Gallino, Arlandini, Busso, Lugaro, Travaglio, Straniero, Chieffi and Limongi1998). In contrast, the 22Ne source operates on timescales of ≈ 10 years and even though the peak neutron densities are high (up to 1015 neutrons cm− 3) the time integrated neutron fluxes are low and the s-process will not, in general, reach beyond the first s-process peak.

The second reason for the difference in the predicted distribution is that branching points on the s-process path are activated by the 22Ne source (Abia et al. Reference Abia, Busso, Gallino, Domínguez, Straniero and Isern2001; van Raai et al. Reference van Raai, Lugaro, Karakas, Garcia-Hernandez and Yong2012; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012). For example, the amount of Rb produced during the s-process depends on the probability of the two unstable nuclei 85Kr and 86Rb capturing a neutron before decaying. These two isotopes therefore act as ‘branching points’ and the probability of this occurring depends on the local neutron density (Beer & Macklin Reference Beer and Macklin1989). When the 22Ne source is active, branching points at 85Kr and 86Rb are open and 87Rb is produced. In particular, more Rb is produced relative to Sr (or Y or Zr). In constrast, during the operation of the 13C neutron source these branching points are not efficiently activated and the ratio of Rb to Sr (or Y or Zr) remains less than unity.

3.7.2 The formation of 13C pockets

For the 13C(α, n)16O reaction to occur efficiently, some partial mixing is required at the border between the H-rich envelope and the C-rich intershell. This mixing pushes protons into a C-rich region suitable for the production of 13C. It is important that there are not too many protons mixed into this region because then the CN cycle goes to completion, producing 14N rather than 13C. Now 14N is a neutron poison, which means that it is an efficient neutron absorber and will change the resulting abundance distribution. In the region of the pocket where 14N is more abundant than 13C, no s-process nucleosynthesis occurs because of the dominance of the 14N(n,p)14C reaction over neutron captures by Fe-seed nuclei and their progeny.

In the intermediate-mass AGB stars that experience HBB, the formation of a 13C pocket may be inhibited by proton captures occurring at the hot base of the convective envelope during the TDU, which produces 14N and not 13C (Goriely & Siess Reference Goriely and Siess2004). Extremely deep TDU may also inhibit the activation of the 13C(α,n)16O reaction by penetrating into regions of the stellar core with a low abundance of He (Herwig Reference Herwig2004a). Furthermore, a lack of Tc in the spectra of intermediate-mass AGB stars that are rich in Rb is observational evidence that 13C pocket formation is inhibited (García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, Zamora, Yagüe, Uttenthaler, Karakas, Lugaro, Ventura and Lambert2013).

The details of how the 13C pocket forms and its shape and extent in mass in the He intershell are still unknown. These are serious uncertainties and mostly arise from our inability to accurately model convection in stars (Busso et al. Reference Busso, Gallino and Wasserburg1999). Various mechanisms have been proposed including partial mixing from convective overshoot (Herwig Reference Herwig2000; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009, Reference Cristallo2011), rotation (Herwig, Langer, & Lugaro Reference Herwig, Langer and Lugaro2003; Piersanti, Cristallo, & Straniero Reference Piersanti, Cristallo and Straniero2013), and gravity waves (Denissenkov & Tout Reference Denissenkov and Tout2003).

Progress will come from continued three-dimensional hydrodynamical simulations of the interface between the envelope and the intershell of AGB stars. The first simulations by Herwig et al. (Reference Herwig, Freytag, Hueckstaedt and Timmes2006) have provided some insight into the nature of convection during thermal pulses but are still too crude in spatial resolution, and cover such a small amount of star time that we are still very limited in any insights into the nature of 13C pocket formation in low-mass AGB stars.

Models that include artificial 13C pockets produce s-process abundance distributions that fit the observational data reasonably well. Free parameters allow us to adjust the features of the mixing zone (e.g., the shape of the 13C profile and its extent in mass) in order to match the observations (Goriely & Mowlavi Reference Goriely and Mowlavi2000; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Bisterzo et al. Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2010; Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012). Some of the best observational constraints come from post-AGB stars, where the higher photospheric temperatures allow for more accurate abundance determinations. Observations suggest that stochastic variations in the size of the 13C pocket in AGB stars are present. Bonačić Marinović et al. (Reference Bonačić Marinović, Izzard, Lugaro and Pols2007a) find that Galactic disk objects are reproduced by a spread of a factor of two or three in the effectiveness of the 13C pocket, lower than that found by Busso et al. (Reference Busso, Gallino, Lambert, Travaglio and Smith2001), who needed a spread of a factor of about 20. Comparisons to lower metallicity post-AGB stars infer spreads of a factor of 3 – 6 (Bonačić Marinović et al. Reference Bonačić Marinović, Lugaro, Reyniers and van Winckel2007b; De Smedt et al. Reference De Smedt, Van Winckel, Karakas, Siess, Goriely and Wood2012), while comparison to even lower metallicity CEMP stars require spreads of up to a factor of 10 or more (Bisterzo et al. Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2012; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012).

In summary, there is observational evidence that a spread in effectiveness of the 13C pocket is needed in theoretical models, but there is no consensus on how large that spread actually is. This problem indicates a significant lack of understanding of the mechanism(s) responsible for the formation of 13C pockets in AGB stars. In Section 4.5 we discuss other uncertainties related to the modelling of the s-process in AGB stars such as stellar rotation.

3.7.3 The s-process in low-mass AGB stars

We first define the s-process indices light ‘ls’ and heavy ‘hs’. We choose the three main elements belonging to the first s-process peak Sr, Y, and Zr to define [ls/Fe]=([Sr/Fe]+[Y/Fe]+[Zr/Fe])/3, and three main elements belonging to the second s-process peak Ba, La, and Ce to define [hs/Fe]=([Ba/Fe]+[La/Fe]+[Ce/Fe])/3. These are chosen because data for these elements are often available in observational compilations, e.g., CEMP stars (see the SAGA database and other compilations; Suda et al. Reference Suda2008, Reference Suda, Yamada, Katsuta, Komiya, Ishizuka, Aoki and Fujimoto2011; Frebel Reference Frebel2010; Masseron et al. Reference Masseron, Johnson, Plez, van Eck, Primas, Goriely and Jorissen2010).

The ‘intrinsic’ ratios [hs/ls] and [Pb/hs] reflect ratios of elements only produced by AGB stars, differing from, e.g., [C/Fe] and [Ba/Fe], because Fe is not produced during AGB nucleosynthesis. These intrinsic ratios move away from their initial solar values towards their s-process values after a small number of thermal pulses in low-mass AGB models (in intermediate-mass models this is not necessarily the case owing to the large dilution of the envelope). The intrinsic ratios are, in a first approximation, independent of stellar modelling uncertainties that affect comparison to the observations including TDU, mass loss, stellar lifetime, and accretion and mixing processes on a binary companion. Instead, they mostly constrain the nucleosynthesis occurring in the deep layers of the star.

We have seen that some partial mixing is assumed to produce a 13C pocket that provides the neutrons for low-mass stars. Some authors add a partially mixed region by parameterising an overshoot zone where the mixing velocity falls to zero (Herwig Reference Herwig2000; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009, Reference Cristallo2011). The models by Bisterzo et al. (Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2010) instead artificially introduce a 13C pocket into a post-processing code. The details of the pocket are free parameters and kept constant from pulse by pulse. Starting from a ‘standard case’ first adopted by Gallino et al. (Reference Gallino, Arlandini, Busso, Lugaro, Travaglio, Straniero, Chieffi and Limongi1998) in order to match the s-process main component, Bisterzo et al. (Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2010) multiply or divide the 13C and 14N abundances in the pocket by different factors.

In our calculations the inclusion of the 13C pocket was made artificially during the post-processing by forcing the code to mix a small amount of protons from the envelope into the intershell (e.g., Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Lugaro and Gallino2007; Lugaro et al. Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012). We assume that the proton abundance in the intershell decreases monotonically from the envelope value of ≃ 0.7 to a minimum value of 10− 4 at a given point in mass located at M mix below the base of the envelope. This method is described in detail in Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012) and is very similar to that used by Goriely & Mowlavi (Reference Goriely and Mowlavi2000). The protons are subsequently captured by 12C to form a 13C-rich layer during the next interpulse, where the 13C pocket is much less than M mix and is typically about 1/10th the mass of the intershell region. In the calculations shown in Figures 30 and 31 we set M mix = 2 × 10− 3 M and this value is held constant for each TDU episode. For further details on our method for introducing 13C pockets we refer to Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Ugalde, Karakas, Görres, Wiescher, Lattanzio and Cannon2004), Karakas (Reference Karakas2010), Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Lugaro and Gallino2007), and Kamath et al. (Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012).

Figure 30. Average abundance in the stellar wind (in [X/Fe]) for elements heavier than iron for AGB models of 2.5 M at two different metallicities: Z = 0.0001 using data published in Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012), and new predictions for the Z = 0.02 model. In both models the same size partially mixed zone is inserted into the post-processing nucleosynthesis calculations to produce a 13C pocket (see text for details). The average abundance is calculated from the integrated yield of mass expelled into the interstellar medium over the model star’s lifetime.

Figure 31. Average abundance predicted in the ejected wind (in [X/Fe]) for elements heavier than iron for AGB models of 2 M and 6 M at a metallicity of Z = 0.0001 ([Fe/H] = − 2.3) using data published in Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012). No 13C pocket is included in the 6 M model, while we set M mix = 2 × 10− 3 M in the 2 M case (see Section 3.7.3 for details).

In Figure 30 we show s-process predictions from models of 2.5 M at two different metallicities: [Fe/H] = − 2.3 and [Fe/H] = 0.0. In both models we manually add a 13C pocket into the top layers of the He intershell at the deepest extent of each TDU episode, as discussed above. The operation of the 13C(α,n)16O reaction produces [hs/ls] ⩾ 0 for low-mass AGB models, regardless of metallicity and the size of the 13C pocket. For example, for the 2.5 M models shown in Figure 30 the average [hs/ls] in the ejected wind is 0.20 and 0.58, for the Z = 0.02 and Z = 0.0001 models, respectively. Figure 30 illustrates that the initial metallicity has a strong impact on s-process abundance predictions, with significantly more Pb produced at lower metallicity.

The metallicity dependence arises because (most of) the 13C nuclei needed for the 13C(α,n)16O are produced from the H and He initially present in the model star, which is fused into 12C and then to 13C. That is to say that it is a primary neutron source, and is essentially independent of the metallicity of the star, or in other words, largely independent of [Fe/H]. These neutrons are captured on the heavy-element seeds, whose number is roughly proportional to [Fe/H], which is again roughly proportional to the metallicity Z.

This means that the number of time-integrated neutron captures from the 13C source is proportional to 13C/Z (Clayton Reference Clayton1988). Thus there are more neutron captures, producing heavier elements, for stars of lower [Fe/H] (Busso et al. Reference Busso, Gallino, Lambert, Travaglio and Smith2001). This property allowed Gallino et al. (Reference Gallino, Arlandini, Busso, Lugaro, Travaglio, Straniero, Chieffi and Limongi1998) to predict the existence of low-metallicity Pb-rich stars, which was confirmed by observations of Pb-rich CEMP stars (Van Eck et al. Reference Van Eck, Goriely, Jorissen and Plez2001, Reference Van Eck, Goriely, Jorissen and Plez2003). Note that for our 2.5 M examples, the [Pb/hs] ratio in the ejected stellar wind is − 0.36 for the Z = 0.02 model and increases to 0.76 for the Z = 0.0001 model. Here we have focused on predictions for AGB models with [Fe/H] ≳ −2.5; lower metallicity AGB models will be discussed in Section 3.8.

3.7.4 The s-process in intermediate-mass AGB stars

Wood et al. (Reference Wood, Bessell and Fox1983) noted that the brightest, O-rich AGB stars in the Magellanic Clouds exhibit strong molecular bands of ZrO, indicating that the atmospheres of these stars are enriched in the s-process element Zr. García-Hernández et al. (Reference García-Hernández, García-Lario, Plez, D’Antona, Manchado and Trigo-Rodríguez2006) and García-Hernández et al. (Reference García-Hernández2009) identified several bright, O-rich Galactic and Magellanic Cloud AGB stars with significant enrichments of the neutron-capture element Rb. These observations support the prediction that efficient TDU and HBB has occurred in these stars (García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, García-Lario, Plez, Manchado, D’Antona, Lub and Habing2007).

An enrichment in the element Rb over the elements Sr, Y, and Zr is an important clue that points toward the efficient operation of the 22Ne(α,n)25Mg neutron source in intermediate-mass AGB stars (Truran & Iben Reference Truran and Iben1977; Cosner, Iben, & Truran Reference Cosner, Iben and Truran1980; Lambert et al. Reference Lambert, Smith, Busso, Gallino and Straniero1995; Abia et al. Reference Abia, Busso, Gallino, Domínguez, Straniero and Isern2001; van Raai et al. Reference van Raai, Lugaro, Karakas, Garcia-Hernandez and Yong2012). Under conditions of high neutron densities two branching points open that allow Rb to be synthesised (van Raai et al. Reference van Raai, Lugaro, Karakas, Garcia-Hernandez and Yong2012). At N n = 5 × 108 n/cm3, ≈ 86% of the neutron flux goes through 85Kr allowing for 85Kr(n, γ)86Kr(n, γ)87Kr that decays to 87Rb. Note that 87Rb has a magic number of neutrons and the probability to capture neutrons is extremely low. Also, high neutron densities allow neutrons to bypass the branching point at 85Kr and 86Rb, allowing for the chain 86Rb(n, γ)87Rb. For this reason, the elemental ratios of Rb/Sr and Rb/Zr are indicators of the neutron densities, and have been used as evidence that the 13C(α, n)16O reaction is the major neutron source in low-mass AGB stars (Lambert et al. Reference Lambert, Smith, Busso, Gallino and Straniero1995; Abia et al. Reference Abia, Busso, Gallino, Domínguez, Straniero and Isern2001).

In Figure 31 we show the predicted s-process abundance pattern from a 6 M, Z = 0.0001 AGB model alongside predictions from a low-mass 2 M, Z = 0.0001 AGB model. The predictions for the 6 M model are typical of intermediate-mass AGB stars and the operation of the 22Ne neutron source in that elements at the first peak around Rb dominate over elements at the second peak, around Ba. This is in contrast to the s-process abundance pattern from the 2 M model, which is typical of the 13C neutron source operating in a low-mass, low-metallicity AGB model in that it produces significant amounts of Sr, Ba, and Pb, where the average ejected [Pb/Fe] ≈ 3.2 (see also Figure 30).

The 6 M model produces considerable Rb, where the average [Rb/Fe] = 1.60 in the ejected wind, higher than the neighbouring [Sr/Fe] = 1.4, which gives [Sr/Rb] < 0. The s-process indicators, [hs/ls] and [Pb/hs] are negative (− 0.38 and − 0.50, respectively for the 6 M, Z = 0.0001 model), indicating that elements at the first s-process peak around Rb-Sr-Y-Zr are predominantly produced. Figure 31 highlights why it is important to have s-process yields covering a large range in mass, not just metallicity as shown in Figure 30.

There are few model predictions of s-process nucleosynthesis from intermediate-mass AGB stars, in contrast to the situation for lower mass AGB stars. This is partly because the models experience many thermal pulses and computations involving hundreds of isotopes are particularly time-consuming. It is also because there are few observational constraints that there is much debate as to the occurrence (or not) of the TDU in intermediate-mass AGB stars.

The s-process predictions published for intermediate-mass stars include the following works: Goriely & Siess (Reference Goriely and Siess2004), who studied the interplay between hot TDU episodes and the s-process as a function of mass; Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, van Raai, Lugaro, Sterling and Dinerstein2009), who provided predictions up to the first s-process peak for comparison to Type I PNe; Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012) who provided predictions for a mass grid (M = 1 to 6 M) at Z = 0.0001 (or [Fe/H] ≈ −2.3); Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012) who extended the study to Z = 0.02 for comparison to the Galactic OH/IR sample; D’Orazi et al. (Reference D’Orazi, Campbell, Lugaro, Lattanzio, Pignatari and Carretta2013) who presented new predictions for comparison to globular cluster stars; Pignatari et al. (Reference Pignatari2013) who provided NuGrid s-process predictions from a 5 M model at two metallicities (Z = 0.02, 0.01); and Straniero et al. (Reference Straniero, Cristallo and Piersanti2014) who provide predictions for 4, 5, and 6 M models at one metallicity (Z = 0.0003 and [α/Fe] = + 0.5). The models by Pignatari et al. (Reference Pignatari2013) are calculated with the MESA stellar evolution codeFootnote 4 and include convective overshoot into the C–O core and consequently have higher peak temperatures than canonical models without such overshoot.

3.8 Proton ingestion episodes: PIEs

Stellar evolution at low metallicity presents a new phenomenon, which we have briefly discussed in Section 2.6.3. We saw that during the core flash in very low metallicity models ([Fe/H] ≲ −3) we can find contact between the flash-driven convective region, which is rich in He, and the H-rich envelope. There are two reasons why this happens preferentially in lower metallicity stars: first, the core flash is ignited far off centre, and relatively close to the H-rich envelope. Second, there is normally a substantial entropy gradient that acts to keep these two regions separated. But at lower metallicity this gradient is greatly reduced, enabling the two convective regions to make contact. This results in H-rich material being mixed down to temperatures where He is burning almost explosively, at T ≳ 100MK. There are many names for these events in the literature, some quite convoluted. We follow Campbell & Lattanzio (Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008) and refer generically to these events as ‘proton ingestion episodes’ or PIEs. We shall define two different kinds below. We note in passing that three-dimensional simulations show that turbulent entrainment of material could produce similar PIEs at higher metallicities (Mocák et al. Reference Mocák, Müller, Weiss and Kifonidis2008, Reference Mocák, Müller, Weiss and Kifonidis2009) although this is not found in simple one-dimensional models.

It was realised some time ago that PIEs may arise in the evolution of low-mass and low-metallicity stars (D’Antona & Mazzitelli Reference D’Antona and Mazzitelli1982; Fujimoto et al. Reference Fujimoto, Iben and Hollowell1990; Hollowell et al. Reference Hollowell, Iben and Fujimoto1990; Cassisi, Castellani, & Tornambe Reference Cassisi, Castellani and Tornambe1996). Later work studied how such events depended on the numerical details (Schlattl et al. Reference Schlattl, Cassisi, Salaris and Weiss2001) and the possibility of explaining some of the abundances seen in CEMP stars (Hollowell et al. Reference Hollowell, Iben and Fujimoto1990; Fujimoto, Ikeda, & Iben Reference Fujimoto, Ikeda and Iben2000; Chieffi et al. Reference Chieffi, Domínguez, Limongi and Straniero2001; Schlattl et al. Reference Schlattl, Cassisi, Salaris and Weiss2001, Reference Schlattl, Salaris, Cassisi and Weiss2002; Picardi et al. Reference Picardi, Chieffi, Limongi, Pisanti, Miele, Mangano and Imbriani2004; Weiss et al. Reference Weiss, Schlattl, Salaris and Cassisi2004; Suda et al. Reference Suda, Aikawa, Machida, Fujimoto and Iben2004; Lau, Stancliffe, & Tout Reference Lau, Stancliffe and Tout2009) including possible s-process nucleosynthesis (Goriely & Siess Reference Goriely and Siess2001).

A PIE is defined as any event that mixes protons into a very hot region, typically at temperatures where He burns, or is already burning. These naturally occur during a He flash which drives strong convection. They could be He-core flashes or even He-shell flashes on the AGB. When the H is exposed to very high temperatures it produces a secondary ‘H-flash’ and a PIE results in a ‘dual-flash’ event: a He-flash rapidly followed by the initiation of a H-flash. Although both are defined as PIEs, Campbell & Lattanzio (Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008) distinguish between them according to whether the initiating He flash is a result of a core flash or an AGB shell flash: hence we have dual core flashes (DCFs) and dual shell flashes (DSFs).

Note that PIEs are also seen in the ‘late hot flasher’ scenario (Sweigart Reference Sweigart1997; Brown et al. Reference Brown, Sweigart, Lanz, Landsman and Hubeny2001; Cassisi et al. Reference Cassisi, Schlattl, Salaris and Weiss2003) and the ‘born-again’ or ‘(very) late thermal pulse’ scenario for explaining objects like Sakurai’s Object (Iben et al. Reference Iben, Kaler, Truran and Renzini1983; Asplund et al. Reference Asplund, Gustafsson, Lambert and Kameswara Rao1997; Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Blöcker, Langer and Driebe1999). We do not discuss these phenomena here, but we remind the reader that the essential physics is the same, involving dredge-up of CNO-processed material to the surface and even neutron captures, as we discuss below. For a comparison of nucleosynthesis predictions in very late thermal pulses and data from pre-solar grain analysis see Fujiya et al. (Reference Fujiya, Hoppe, Zinner, Pignatari and Herwig2013) and Jadhav et al. (Reference Jadhav, Pignatari, Herwig, Zinner, Gallino and Huss2013).

The largest uncertainty with calculating the evolution during a PIE is how to handle the convective mixing. This must be done in a time-dependent way because the convective turnover timescale is close to the burning timescale for H at the high temperatures found during a PIE. Usually convective mixing is approximated by solving a diffusion equation, and usually in one dimension. Within this approximation the diffusion coefficient D is naively given by $\frac{1}{3} v l$ where v is the velocity of the blob and l is its mean-free-path. These values are normally taken from the Mixing-Length Theory (MLT). The results are to be taken with all of the caveats that come with a literal interpretation of this phenomenological theory. Note that one of the assumptions of the MLT is that nuclear burning is negligible in the blob of gas, and this is clearly untrue in the present case.

Within the one-dimensional diffusive mixing approximation the protons are mixed down to a region where they burn fiercely and generate essentially as much energy as the He-burning reactions, which initiated the convection in the first place. This leads to a split in the convective zone: two separate convective burning shells develop, the inner one burning He and the outer burning H, with the two separated by an initially narrow radiative region. Clearly the details of this process will depend on how one calculates the burning and mixing, and that is essentially a three-dimensional process as we expect burning plumes to develop, rather than strict spherical symmetry. Fortunately, multi-dimensional hydrodynamical simulations have progressed to the stage where exploratory calculations are possible (to see simulations of normal shell flash convection see Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Freytag, Hueckstaedt and Timmes2006). We will discuss this further below in Section 3.8.4.

3.8.1 Overview of one-dimensional PIEs

Most calculations of PIEs have been done within the paradigm of one-dimensional models using the diffusion approximation for mixing (for some recent calculations see Campbell & Lattanzio Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Lau et al. Reference Lau, Stancliffe and Tout2009; Campbell et al. Reference Campbell, Lugaro and Karakas2010; Suda & Fujimoto Reference Suda and Fujimoto2010). Following the PIE, dredge-up mixes the products of H and He burning to the stellar surface, and the surface layers of the models are dramatically enriched in 12C and 14N. One of the motivations for the study of such events initially was that they share some of the characteristics of CEMP stars (see references given above). Although there has been a reasonable number of calculations of such events, most authors have stopped their calculations after the PIE rather than go to the end of the star’s evolution. It is only if that is done that we can determine the yields for such stars (see Section 3.8.3). Until we have reliable calculations of PIEs, it will be hard to provide improved yields for stars undergoing PIEs.

Campbell & Lattanzio (Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008) calculated the complete evolution for low and zero metallicity stars of low mass, through to the end of the AGB phase, so that they included the PIEs, third dredge-up, and HBB. They were able to delimit regions in mass and metallicity space where specific nucleosynthesis events dominates. For example, the DCF dominate the nucleosynthesis for M ≲ 1.5 M and [Fe/H] ≲ −5. For higher metallicities, in the same mass range, the DSF dominates. Increasing the mass allows for the TDU and HBB to become active, and dominate the production of elements. For [Fe/H] ≳ −4 (with a slight mass dependence) the DSF does not occur and normal AGB evolution results. The various regions are shown in Figure 32 taken from Campbell & Lattanzio (Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008). Note that uncertainties in the location of convective borders, in particular, have a substantial effect on the borders of the various regimes shown in the figure. Nevertheless, the agreement with a similar plot in Fujimoto et al. (Reference Fujimoto, Ikeda and Iben2000) is very good.

Figure 32. Models calculated by Campbell & Lattanzio (Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008) in the [Fe/H]-mass plane. Red crosses represent models where the DCF dominates the nucleosynthesis. Filled blue triangles show where DSFs dominate. Open blue circles indicate models that experience DSFs, although they are not the dominant event for those models. Green filled circles are used where TDU and HBB on the AGB dominate the nucleosynthesis occurring. The models for Z = 0 are plotted at the position of [Fe/H] = −8.

3.8.2 One-dimensional PIEs and the i-process

With protons and 12C in abundance one may expect neutrons to be present, provided by the 13C neutron source. This indeed is the case, with calculations showing a ‘neutron super-burst’ when convection engulfs the long H tail left behind by the H shell (Fujimoto et al. Reference Fujimoto, Ikeda and Iben2000; Iwamoto et al. Reference Iwamoto, Kajino, Mathews, Fujimoto and Aoki2004; Campbell et al. Reference Campbell, Lugaro and Karakas2010). This tail is longer than normal because of the very low metallicity in these stars, which means that the pp chains (showing a relatively low temperature dependence) play a significant role in the H burning, and the shell is more extended than is the case when there are enough catalysts for efficient CNO cycling (which has a much higher temperature dependence). During the peak of the burst we find neutron densities as high as 1015 neutrons cm− 3 (Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Campbell et al. Reference Campbell, Lugaro and Karakas2010; Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Pignatari, Woodward, Porter, Rockefeller, Fryer, Bennett and Hirschi2011).

Similar, but not identical, results were found by Cruz, Serenelli, & Weiss (Reference Cruz, Serenelli and Weiss2013) and Bertolli et al. (Reference Bertolli, Herwig, Pignatari and Lawano2013). The neutron densities are higher than expected for the s-process, but well short of what is needed for the r-process. These neutron exposure events have been called the i-process, for ‘intermediate’ neutron capture. These stars are of great interest to those trying to understand the CEMP-r/s stars, which show evidence of neutron capture nucleosynthesis that lies between the s- and r-process extremes (Lugaro, Campbell, & de Mink Reference Lugaro, Campbell and de Mink2009; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012; Bisterzo et al. Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2012; Bertolli et al. Reference Bertolli, Herwig, Pignatari and Lawano2013). The patterns predicted by the models do a reasonably good job of matching the observations, assuming that the observed CEMP-r/s stars result from mass transfer in a binary (with appropriate dilution). The fit is not perfect, however, with too much Ba (Campbell et al. Reference Campbell, Lugaro and Karakas2010) and N (Cruz et al. Reference Cruz, Serenelli and Weiss2013) produced to match HE1327-2326. Clearly the field is ripe for further study, but see caveats concerning one-dimensional models below. For a study of the (not insignificant) impact of nuclear uncertainties, see Bertolli et al. (Reference Bertolli, Herwig, Pignatari and Lawano2013).

3.8.3 Yields from one-dimensional PIEs

To the best of our knowledge, the only yields available at present for the complete evolution of low-mass stars, including PIEs and later AGB phases, are those given by Campbell & Lattanzio (Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008) and Iwamoto (Reference Iwamoto2009). One reason for the dearth of such calculations is the legitimate question over the validity of the one-dimensional and MLT approximations used in most calculations. Further there is the question of mass-loss rates for low metallicity stars, although this is mitigated somewhat by the fact that dredge-up events produce substantial contamination of the envelope during the star’s evolution. We are only now beginning to develop hydrodynamical models that may be used for guidance in such cases.

3.8.4 Multi-dimensional PIE calculations

Since PIEs clearly challenge the assumptions used in most one-dimensional stellar models, they have been the subject of various multi-dimensional hydrodynamical calculations. Extra motivation for this is the work of Herwig (Reference Herwig2001) who showed that he could match the observed evolutionary timescale of Sakurai’s Object if the convective timescale during the PIE was about 30 to 100 times slower than predicted from the MLT.

The simulations performed with the Djehuty code by Stancliffe et al. (Reference Stancliffe, Dearborn, Lattanzio, Heap and Campbell2011) found significant inhomogeneities in the mixing process (see also Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Pignatari, Woodward, Porter, Rockefeller, Fryer, Bennett and Hirschi2011), with plumes of H mixed all the way down to the CO core where they burned rapidly. These calculations showed no sign of the split into two convective zones that is a universal feature of one-dimensional MLT calculations. Similarly, Mocák et al. (Reference Mocák, Campbell, Müller and Kifonidis2010) found that a calculation that started with a split convective zone soon showed merging into one zone. The final word is yet to be spoken, but a significant step forward was made by Herwig et al. (Reference Herwig, Woodward, Lin, Knox and Fryer2013). They found an initial period showing one deep convective region, but that this soon developed an entropy step that seems to divide two mixing zones within a single convective zone. The mixing between the zones seems to be inefficient but not negligible. Indeed, they may later separate, but we cannot be sure because the three-dimensional simulations covered only a relatively short simulation time of ~ 10 hours. It is noteworthy that Herwig et al. (Reference Herwig, Pignatari, Woodward, Porter, Rockefeller, Fryer, Bennett and Hirschi2011) found that such a history of mixed regions was able to match the nucleosynthesis of Sakurai’s Object and that these new results are also in agreement with the convection constraints imposed by the evolutionary timescale of Sakurai’s Object.

It is a common result from these hydrodynamical models that the radial velocities of the material are significantly higher than found in the MLT, by factors of 20 – 30. Whereas MLT predicts velocities of a few km s− 1 the simulations show spherically averaged values of 10 – 20 km s− 1 with individual plumes reaching even higher velocities at times (Stancliffe et al. Reference Stancliffe, Dearborn, Lattanzio, Heap and Campbell2011; Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Pignatari, Woodward, Porter, Rockefeller, Fryer, Bennett and Hirschi2011). This seems to contradict the one-dimensional models of Herwig (Reference Herwig2001) who could only match the observed evolutionary timescale of Sakurai’s object by decreasing the MLT mixing efficiency by factors of 30 – 100. But this need not be the case. Reducing the convective efficiency places the H-burning closer to the surface, where the response time to thermal perturbations is shorter. This was found to occur in the simulations of Herwig et al. (Reference Herwig, Woodward, Lin, Knox and Fryer2013), who found the position of the split in the convective zone matched the location found by the one-dimensional code using the reduced convective efficiency. Further, Herwig et al. (Reference Herwig, Pignatari, Woodward, Porter, Rockefeller, Fryer, Bennett and Hirschi2011) showed that if there was a single mixed zone for the first ~ 900 minutes of the simulation, before the split into two zones occurs, then the simulation was able to match the observed abundances also.

In summary, it appears the PIEs are crucial events in the nucleosynthesis of low mass, low metallicity stars. They may be involved in explaining some of the observations of CEMP stars. However, we should have some serious concerns about the reliability of the one-dimensional models during this phase. Although the deviations in temperature from spherical symmetry are small (Stancliffe et al. Reference Stancliffe, Dearborn, Lattanzio, Heap and Campbell2011) there are substantial inhomogeneities in the composition in the mixed regions. The details of the PIE and how (and if) the resulting convective zone splits into two require much further work. Significant work has been done but we are only at the beginning, and are still restricted by numerical resolution. Indeed, to the best of our knowledge there is only one calculation that has shown convergence of results with increasing resolution (Woodward, Herwig, & Lin Reference Woodward, Herwig and Lin2013), which is crucial for these studies. Most calculations are almost certainly limited by resolution in a way that has not been quantified. The fact that these numerical simulations can only cover a few hours of star time is another concern: we need to be confident that the behaviour seen is representative of the behaviour of the star over longer timescales. Much work remains to be done, but at least it has started.

3.9 Beyond the AGB: Super-AGB stars

Stars in a relatively narrow mass range will ignite C off-centre under degenerate conditions. These stars will experience thermal pulses on the ‘super-AGB’. The upper mass limit for this range is set by those stars that go on to burn Ne and heavier species, ending with an iron core and dying as a core-collapse supernova (these are the traditional ‘massive’ stars). In the nomenclature introduced in this paper the super-AGB stars are the middle intermediate and massive intermediate stars, as shown in Figure 1.

These stars are particularly difficult to calculate for many reasons, including high sensitivity to spatial and temporal resolution, a large number of thermal pulses (hundreds to thousands), and dramatically different final fates (electron-capture supernova or white dwarf) depending on the uncertain mass loss and its importance compared to core growth. The first studies of the evolution of super-AGB stars were by Garcia-Berro & Iben (Reference Garcia-Berro and Iben1994), Ritossa et al. (Reference Ritossa, Garcia-Berro and Iben1996), Garcia-Berro, Ritossa, & Iben (Reference Garcia-Berro, Ritossa and Iben1997), Iben, Ritossa, & Garcia-Berro (Reference Iben, Ritossa and Garcia-Berro1997), and Ritossa, García-Berro, & Iben (1999). These early calculations ignored mass loss and looked only at solar compositions, as is entirely appropriate for the first explorations. In the last decade researchers have extended the investigations to cover a wide range of metallicities, now that computers have enabled us to face the difficult computational task these stars present. There has been an increasing number of studies of super-AGB stars in recent years (Gil-Pons & García-Berro Reference Gil-Pons and García-Berro2002; Gil-Pons et al. Reference Gil-Pons, Suda, Fujimoto and García-Berro2005; Gil-Pons, Gutiérrez, & García-Berro Reference Gil-Pons, Gutiérrez and García-Berro2007; Siess Reference Siess2007; Poelarends et al. Reference Poelarends, Herwig, Langer and Heger2008; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2009, Reference Ventura and D’Antona2010; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Siess, Lattanzio and Gil-Pons2010; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2011; Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Carini and D’Antona2011; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012; Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, VandenBerg, Navarro, Ferguson and Paxton2012; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a; Gil-Pons et al. Reference Gil-Pons, Doherty, Lau, Campbell, Suda, Guilani, Gutiérrez and Lattanzio2013; Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013; Jones et al. Reference Jones2013; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio, Siess and Campbell2014b).

3.9.1 Super-AGB evolution

These calculations all agree qualitatively on the evolution of super-AGB stars, although there are substantial and important quantitative differences. The stars ignite C off-centre when the temperature reaches 600 – 650 MK, and develop a convective shell reaching outward from the ignition point. After this C burning dies down and contraction resumes, secondary convective zones develop and the C burning eventually reaches the centre where it ceases before consuming all of the C, leaving a mass fraction of C of around 1%. Carbon burning continues just outside the inner core generating more convective flashes when regions of high C content are traversed. At the completion of C burning we are left with an O–Ne core surrounded by an inactive C–O shell, as well as He- and H-burning shells and the large convective envelope.

Quantitative details are harder to agree upon. This is mostly due to uncertainties in how to treat convection and semiconvection, as much during the core He burning phase as during C burning. It is the size of the C–O core at the end of He burning that is the prime determinant of super-AGB evolution during C burning. For a comparison between different codes and the resulting differences in evolution, and critical mass boundaries (see Figure 1) we refer to Poelarends et al. (Reference Poelarends, Herwig, Langer and Heger2008) and Doherty et al. (Reference Doherty, Siess, Lattanzio and Gil-Pons2010).

During, or soon after, core C burning (which need not go to completion) the star will experience second dredge-up. This relatively simple event is much more complicated in the case of super-AGB stars. Sometimes, usually in the more massive models, we find ‘corrosive’ SDU, where the convection extends inward of the He-burning shell with the result that it dredges C (and sometimes O) to the surface (Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a; Gil-Pons et al. Reference Gil-Pons, Doherty, Lau, Campbell, Suda, Guilani, Gutiérrez and Lattanzio2013). Similarly we can find ‘dredge-out’ episodes, first encountered by Ritossa et al. (Reference Ritossa, Garcia-Berro and Iben1996), where H diffuses into a He-burning convective zone. This mixes the H to extreme temperatures, resulting in a H flash. Thus these dredge-out events are another form of proton-ingestion episode (Campbell & Lattanzio Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008). As expected, the details of these events, and even their occurrence or not, depend on the previous evolution, especially the mass of the core, and how the borders of convection are treated.

Once the super-AGB stars settle on the TP-AGB their evolution is similar to other intermediate-mass AGB stars, showing recurring thermal pulses and HBB, with the usual associated nucleosynthesis. The differences here are that the thermal pulses are not very strong, reaching typically L He ≃ 106L for models without much dredge-up (e.g., Siess Reference Siess2007, Reference Siess2010), compared with values more like 108L where there is deep dredge-up in lower mass C–O core AGB stars. These pulses have short duration, and the flash-driven convective pocket is only in existence for about 6 – 12 months. The pulses repeat every 100 years or so with the result that the expected number of pulses can be hundreds to thousands, depending on the uncertain mass-loss rate. For this reason most of the calculations to date do not cover the full evolution, but only a few pulses at the start of the TP-AGB. Detailed models of the full super-AGB evolution include Pumo, D’Antona, & Ventura (Reference Pumo, D’Antona and Ventura2008), Siess (Reference Siess2010), Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012), Gil-Pons et al. (Reference Gil-Pons, Doherty, Lau, Campbell, Suda, Guilani, Gutiérrez and Lattanzio2013), Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013), and Doherty et al. (Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a, Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio, Siess and Campbell2014b).

Note that all authors find convergence difficulties near the end of the evolution of intermediate-mass AGB stars. Lau et al. (Reference Lau, Gil-Pons, Doherty and Lattanzio2012) attribute this to the opacity bump produced by Fe, which has also been noted in models of Wolf-Rayet stars by Petrovic, Pols, & Langer (Reference Petrovic, Pols and Langer2006) (but not, apparently, by Dray et al. Reference Dray, Tout, Karakas and Lattanzio2003). The convergence problem is believed due to the disappearance of a hydrostatic solution for large core masses, when a region of super-Eddington luminosity develops (Wood & Faulkner Reference Wood and Faulkner1986). Exactly how the star responds to this is uncertain. Lau et al. (Reference Lau, Gil-Pons, Doherty and Lattanzio2012) show that there is not enough energy available to eject the envelope so after some dynamical motion the envelope may again settle on the star and further evolution may occur. For this reason Doherty et al. (Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a) and Gil-Pons et al. (Reference Gil-Pons, Doherty, Lau, Campbell, Suda, Guilani, Gutiérrez and Lattanzio2013) provide yields for two cases: (a) assuming the envelope is ejected with the composition it had when the instability developed, and (b) assuming that pulses similar to the last few continue until the envelope is removed by the stellar wind. Reality is likely to lie somewhere between these two extremes.

3.9.2 Third dredge-up

One area that requires further study is the occurrence, or not, of third dredge-up in super-AGB stars. Siess (Reference Siess2010) and Ventura & D’Antona (Reference Ventura and D’Antona2011) find no dredge-up in their detailed models, whereas Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012), Doherty et al. (Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a), and Gil-Pons et al. (Reference Gil-Pons, Doherty, Lau, Campbell, Suda, Guilani, Gutiérrez and Lattanzio2013) do find reasonably efficient TDU. This is again a sensitive function of mixing details and how the numerical calculations are performed (Frost & Lattanzio Reference Frost and Lattanzio1996b). In any event, even if TDU is very efficient, as measured by the dredge-up parameter λ, it is unlikely to be very important for most species, because of the masses involved.

In a typical low to intermediate-mass AGB star the intershell region contains a mass within a factor of two of m is ≈ 0.01 M and the increase in core mass between thermal pulses is similar with ΔMc ≈ 0.01 M. Compare these with typical values found for super-AGB stars, which are at least two orders of magnitude smaller: m is ≈ 10− 4 M, and ΔM c ≈ 10− 4 − 10− 5 M. Hence dredging up such a small amount, albeit over many pulses, has only a small effect on surface abundances. The total amount dredged to the surface is usually less than ≈ 0.1 M (Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a). This has a negligible effect, especially when one considers that this material is diluted in a much larger envelope than is the case for lower mass AGB stars.

3.9.3 Super-AGB nucleosynthesis

The nucleosynthesis in super-AGB stars is again qualitatively similar to that in their lower mass AGB star siblings. Here the intershell is very hot, where temperatures can reach well above 400 MK, depending on the initial mass and metallicity. This results in substantial s-processing with α-captures on 22Ne providing the neutron source. If the TDU proceeds as in the models of Doherty et al. (Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a) then we expect this material to be mixed to the surface. The sizes of the regions involved, however, are small and from a chemical evolution viewpoint any species that is primarily produced by dredge-up is unlikely to be substantially produced by super-AGB stars. (Note that this is not true at very low metallicity, where the small amount of heavy elements added to the surface can be a significant perturbation on the original content.)

The other main nucleosynthesis pathway for AGB and super-AGB stars is HBB. Indeed, for super-AGB stars the temperature at the bottom of the convective envelope can exceed 100 MK which is high enough for substantial and extensive H burning. We expect CNO cycling, in near equilibrium conditions, as well as the more exotic Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains to be very active.

Detailed calculations by Siess (Reference Siess2010) conclude that these stars may produce significant amounts of 13C, 14N, 17O, 22Ne, 23Na, 25, 26Mg, 26Al, and 60Fe. These results were confirmed by Doherty et al. (Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a, Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio, Siess and Campbell2014b), and Gil-Pons et al. (Reference Gil-Pons, Doherty, Lau, Campbell, Suda, Guilani, Gutiérrez and Lattanzio2013), who present yields for super-AGB stars (see also Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013).

It is because of their strong HBB that these stars have been discussed frequently as being implicated in explaining the chemical compositions of globular clusters. There is an extensive literature on the problem (Cottrell & Da Costa Reference Cottrell and Da Costa1981; Pumo et al. Reference Pumo, D’Antona and Ventura2008; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2009, Reference Ventura and D’Antona2010; D’Ercole et al. Reference D’Ercole, D’Antona, Ventura, Vesperini and McMillan2010; D’Ercole, D’Antona, & Vesperini Reference D’Ercole, D’Antona and Vesperini2011; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2011; Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Carini and D’Antona2011; D’Ercole et al. Reference D’Ercole, D’Antona, Carini, Vesperini and Ventura2012; D’Antona et al. Reference D’Antona, D’Ercole, Carini, Vesperini and Ventura2012; Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, D’Antona, Di Criscienzo, Carini, D’Ercole and vesperini2012, Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio, Siess and Campbell2014b). Although super-AGB stars qualitatively have many of the required properties for the polluters of GCs, there are still substantial difficulties, and one has to tune many inputs to get models that are close to the observations. While super-AGB stars may be involved in the GC abundance problems, they are not apparently the magic bullet.

3.10 Final fates of AGB and super-AGB stars

The most massive AGB stars, the lower intermediate mass stars, will end their lives as C–O white dwarfs (Althaus et al. Reference Althaus, Córsico, Isern and García-Berro2010). The super-AGB stars, however, produce a richer variety of remnants (e.g., Jones et al. Reference Jones2013). At the lower mass limit of stars that ignite C, the ignition is in the outermost layers, and does not proceed to the centre. This leads to a class of hybrid white dwarfs that we refer to as CO(Ne)s. In these stars a C–O core is surrounded by a shell of 0.1–0.4 M that has seen C burning and is mostly O and Ne. We note that the 8 M, Z = 0.02 model presented here is an example of a CO(Ne)-core model, and these are also found by other authors (Heger 2013, private communication; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2011; Denissenkov et al. Reference Denissenkov, Herwig, Truran and Paxton2013a). Stars with more massive cores will undergo off-centre Ne ignition with convective flashes (Ritossa et al. Reference Ritossa, García-Berro and Iben1999; Eldridge & Tout Reference Eldridge and Tout2004).

Following core He-exhaustion, most of the middle and massive intermediate-mass stars have core masses that exceed the Chandrasekhar mass, which we take to be M Ch = 1.37 M as determined by Miyaji et al. (Reference Miyaji, Nomoto, Yokoi and Sugimoto1980), Hillebrandt, Nomoto, & Wolff (Reference Hillebrandt, Nomoto and Wolff1984), and Nomoto (Reference Nomoto1984). The core masses we find are typically 2 – 2.5 M. Following the SDU (or dredge-out, if it occurs) the core mass is reduced to below the critical Chandrasekhar value. The final fate of these stars is crucially dependent on SDU and dredge-out, for if these do not reduce their core mass to below M Ch then the star will continue on through the various nuclear burning stages and explode as an iron core-collapse supernova; i.e., as a true massive star. If the core mass is reduced sufficiently by SDU or dredge-out then the fate depends on the competition between core growth and mass loss. If the former dominates and the core reaches M Ch then an electron-capture supernova will result. If mass loss keeps the mass below the critical value then the star ends as an O–Ne WD.

The existence of massive WDs in the Galaxy with oxygen-rich atmospheres (Gänsicke et al. Reference Gänsicke, Koester, Girven, Marsh and Steeghs2010) lends credence to the idea that at least some of the super-AGB stars avoid core-collapse supernova explosions. Furthermore, there is evidence that some classical novae explode in a binary where the compact companion is an O–Ne WD (e.g., Jose & Hernanz Reference Jose and Hernanz1998; Denissenkov et al. Reference Denissenkov, Truran, Pignatari, Trappitsch, Ritter, Herwig, Battino and Setoodehnia2013b).

Figure 33 is taken from Doherty et al. (in preparation) and shows the predicted fate for models in the AGB and super-AGB mass range. We note that these results are in reasonably good agreement with other authors (Siess Reference Siess2007; Poelarends et al. Reference Poelarends, Herwig, Langer and Heger2008) given the sensitivity inherent in the calculations. We find the electron-capture supernovae comprise just a few percent of all supernovae in the metallicity range Z = 0.02 to 10− 4.

Figure 33. Predicted final fates for the super-AGB mass range, as a function of metallicity Z. CC-SN refers to core collapse supernovae and EC-SN refers to electron capture supernovae. The regions of C–O, CO(Ne) and O–Ne white dwarfs are also indicated. See text for details.

4 MAJOR UNCERTAINTIES

The evolution and nucleosynthesis of low-mass and intermediate-mass stars is significantly affected by numerical modelling uncertainties as well as uncertainties in the input physics. Here we review the main uncertainties affecting AGB model calculations including convection, which affects the occurrence and efficiency of TDU, and mass loss, which determines the AGB lifetime. We also comment on uncertainties affecting s-process element predictions.

4.1 Convection and the third dredge-up

Dealing with convection in stellar interiors is one of the major problems of stellar evolution modelling. There are two main ways that convection affects AGB evolution and nucleosynthesis. The first is through the way stellar evolution codes treat the interface between radiative and convective regions within a stellar model (Frost & Lattanzio Reference Frost and Lattanzio1996b; Mowlavi Reference Mowlavi1999a). The second is how the temperature gradient affects the energy transport in the convective regions.

4.1.1 Determining the borders of convection

We know from observations that AGB stars experience third dredge-up. We unambiguously observe C and Tc-rich AGB stars but we still (after 40 years) do not know at which initial stellar mass that dredge-up begins. Circumstantial evidence suggests that the minimum mass be about 1.5 M in the Galaxy (e.g., Wallerstein & Knapp Reference Wallerstein and Knapp1998) but theoretical models mostly struggle to obtain enough TDU at this stellar mass without the inclusion of some form of convective overshoot (Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Bloecker, Schoenberner and El Eid1997; Mowlavi Reference Mowlavi1999a; Herwig Reference Herwig2000; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010; Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012).

Observations of external galaxies such as the LMC, SMC, and dwarf spheroidal galaxies show higher numbers of C-stars than in our Galaxy (e.g., Zijlstra et al. Reference Zijlstra, Gesicki, Walsh, Péquignot, van Hoof and Minniti2006; Sloan et al. Reference Sloan, Kraemer, Wood, Zijlstra, Bernard-Salas, Devost and Houck2008, Reference Sloan2012), which is evidence that it is easier to obtain TDU at lower metallicities, for a given mass. On the other hand, Boyer et al. (Reference Boyer2013) found a lack of C stars in the inner metal-rich region of M31, indicating that there is a metallicity ceiling for the operation of TDU. Stellar evolution codes qualitatively agree with these observations.

The main problem for calculating TDU is how we determine the border between a convective and radiative region. Applying the Schwarzschild criterion for convection (∇rad > ∇ad) is too simplistic because while the accelerations of blobs at this border is zero, the velocities may be finite. This suggests that some overshoot is inevitable and to be expected. The question then is how much?

While the amount of convective overshoot can be constrained by considering various observations (Herwig Reference Herwig2000; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Weiss & Ferguson Reference Weiss and Ferguson2009; Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012), this provides little insight into the actual physics occurring in convective envelopes, given the numerical differences between the various stellar evolution codes. The fact that Kamath et al. (Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012) found such a diversity in the amount of overshoot required to match observations may indicate that this is not the best way to characterise the depth of mixing required.

The problem of determining convective borders in stellar interiors is surely also linked to the question of 13C pocket formation, which can be formed by the inclusion of a partially mixed overshoot region, for example. Uncertainties not only include the formation mechanism but also the size of the pocket in the He intershell as well as the shape. When more protons are added the resultant 13C pocket is accompanied by a sizeable 14N pocket, which acts as an efficient neutron absorber and suppresses the s-process.

The way forward is to consider multi-dimensional simulations which unfortunately have not yet advanced sufficiently to answer the problem of overshoot or 13C pocket formation.

4.1.2 Structural changes from convection

The second important way that convection affects models is the substantial effect on the structure of AGB convective envelopes. The treatment of convection in stellar envelopes determines surface properties such as the luminosity and effective temperature and it has an impact on the efficiency of hot bottom burning (Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2005a). The most commonly used treatment of convection is the MLT which has a free parameter, the mixing-length parameter α, which is usually set by calibrating a 1 M, Z = Z stellar model to the Sun’s present day radius. The parameter α is then assumed to remain constant throughout the star’s evolution, with the same value used for all masses and metallicities.

However, AGB stars have very different envelope structures to the shallow convection zone found in our Sun. There is no good reason why the value of α required to fit a standard solar model is appropriate for AGB stars. Furthermore Lebzelter & Wood (Reference Lebzelter and Wood2007) found evidence for α to increase with evolution along the AGB, which suggests that α need not be constant. Increasing α leads to shallower temperature gradients which produces higher luminosities and stronger burning in intermediate-mass AGB stars (Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2005a). Convective models other than the MLT are also used, such as the Full Spectrum of Turbulence (Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Zeppieri, Mazzitelli and D’Antona1998; Mazzitelli, D’Antona, & Ventura Reference Mazzitelli, D’Antona and Ventura1999) applied by, e.g., Ventura & D’Antona (Reference Ventura and D’Antona2005a).

4.2 Mass loss

Dealing with the extent and temporal variation of mass loss in AGB stars is one of the main uncertainties in stellar modelling (Blöcker Reference Blöcker1995; Habing Reference Habing1996; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2005b). This is because the mass-loss rates of AGB stars are very uncertain and difficult to determine from observations without a priori assumptions about dust mass and type, and/or radiative transfer modelling (e.g., Bedijn Reference Bedijn1988; Vassiliadis & Wood Reference Vassiliadis and Wood1993; Habing Reference Habing1996; van Loon et al. Reference van Loon, Groenewegen, de Koter, Trams, Waters, Zijlstra, Whitelock and Loup1999a; Groenewegen et al. Reference Groenewegen, Sloan, Soszyński and Petersen2009a, Reference Groenewegen, Sloan, Soszyński and Petersen2009b; Lagadec & Zijlstra Reference Lagadec and Zijlstra2008; Lagadec et al. Reference Lagadec, Zijlstra, Mauron, Fuller, Josselin, Sloan and Riggs2010; Guandalini Reference Guandalini2010; De Beck et al. Reference De Beck, Decin, de Koter, Justtanont, Verhoelst, Kemper and Menten2010; Riebel et al. Reference Riebel, Srinivasan, Sargent and Meixner2012). Mass loss on the AGB determines the AGB lifetime and the number of thermal pulses experienced by TP-AGB models. This then limits the number of TDU episodes and the duration of HBB; and hence determines the level of chemical enrichment expected from a population of AGB stellar models at a given metallicity.

In order to calculate stellar yields, mass loss has to be included in the calculation of AGB models. The available prescriptions are simple, parameterised formulae that result in mass being removed from the envelope smoothly in time, in contrast to observations which suggest that AGB mass loss in real stars is clumpy and asymmetric (e.g., Meixner et al. Reference Meixner, Campbell, Welch and Likkel1998; Dinh-V-Trung & Lim Reference Van-Trung and Lim2008; Olofsson et al. Reference Olofsson, Maercker, Eriksson, Gustafsson and Schöier2010; Wittkowski et al. Reference Wittkowski2011; Paladini et al. Reference Paladini, Sacuto, Klotz, Ohnaka, Wittkowski, Nowotny, Jorissen and Hron2012; Lombaert et al. Reference Lombaert2013).

The upper part of the AGB in particular is dominated by continuously increasing mass loss (Habing Reference Habing1996). Observations indicate rates increase from 10− 7 M year− 1 for short period Mira variables to ≈ 10− 4 M year− 1 for luminous long-period variables including OH/IR stars and Miras (Groenewegen et al. Reference Groenewegen, Sloan, Soszyński and Petersen2009a; Justtanont et al. Reference Justtanont, Teyssier, Barlow, Matsuura, Swinyard, Waters and Yates2013). These winds are most likely dust and shock driven (Winters et al. Reference Winters, Le Bertre, Jeong, Nyman and Epchtein2003), which leads to the star becoming completely enshrouded by dust and visible predominantly in the infra-red (Habing Reference Habing1996; Uttenthaler Reference Uttenthaler2013).

One of the biggest uncertainties is the rate of mass loss from low-metallicity AGB stars. Based on theoretical calculations, Mattsson et al. (Reference Mattsson, Wahlin, Höfner and Eriksson2008) conclude that low-metallicity C stars have similar mass-loss rates to their metal-rich counterparts. Observations showed that mass-loss rates in low metallicity C-rich AGB stars in nearby galaxies are of a similar magnitude to AGB stars in our Galaxy (e.g., Sloan et al. Reference Sloan, Matsuura, Zijlstra, Lagadec, Groenewegen, Wood, Szyszka, Bernard-Salas and van Loon2009; Lagadec et al. Reference Lagadec2009).

The most widely used prescriptions in AGB evolutionary calculations include the Vassiliadis & Wood (Reference Vassiliadis and Wood1993) mass-loss law, based on empirical observations of mass-loss rates in C and O-rich AGB stars in the Galaxy and Magellanic Clouds; the Blöcker (Reference Blöcker1995) formula, based on dynamical calculations of the atmospheres of Mira-like stars; and the Reimer’s mass-loss prescription (Reimers Reference Reimers, Baschek, Kegel and Traving1975; Kudritzki & Reimers Reference Kudritzki and Reimers1978), even though it was originally derived for first ascent giant stars and does not predict a superwind (Groenewegen Reference Groenewegen2012). Both the Blöcker (Reference Blöcker1995) and Reimers (Reference Reimers, Baschek, Kegel and Traving1975) rates depend on an uncertain parameter η which typically takes values from 0.01 to 10 (Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, D’Antona and Mazzitelli2000; Straniero et al. Reference Straniero, Chieffi, Limongi, Busso, Gallino and Arlandini1997; Karakas Reference Karakas2010). Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, D’Antona and Mazzitelli2000) found η = 0.01 by calibrating their intermediate-mass AGB models to Li abundances in the LMC.

Other mass-loss prescriptions for AGB stars are available (e.g., Bedijn Reference Bedijn1988; Arndt, Fleischer, & Sedlmayr Reference Arndt, Fleischer and Sedlmayr1997; Wachter et al. Reference Wachter, Schröder, Winters, Arndt and Sedlmayr2002; van Loon et al. Reference van Loon, Cioni, Zijlstra and Loup2005; Wachter et al. Reference Wachter, Winters, Schröder and Sedlmayr2008; Mattsson, Wahlin, & Höfner Reference Mattsson, Wahlin and Höfner2010). Some of these prescriptions are specifically for C-rich stars e.g., Arndt et al. (Reference Arndt, Fleischer and Sedlmayr1997) and Wachter et al. (Reference Wachter, Schröder, Winters, Arndt and Sedlmayr2002) and are not appropriate for bright intermediate-mass AGB stars. The theoretical mass-loss rates from Mattsson et al. (Reference Mattsson, Wahlin and Höfner2010) for solar-metallicity C stars are available as a FORTRAN routine that can be coupled to a stellar evolution code.

4.3 Extra mixing in AGB stars

A case has been made for some form of slow non-convective mixing to operate in AGB envelopes, in an analogous situation to the extra mixing operating in first giant branch envelopes (Sections 2.2.4 and 2.3).

The evidence for deep mixing on the AGB comes mainly from O and Al isotope ratios measured in pre-solar oxide grains, which support the existence of such extra mixing in low-mass (M ≲ 1.3 M) AGB stars (Busso et al. Reference Busso, Palmerini, Maiorca, Cristallo, Straniero, Abia, Gallino and La Cognata2010; Palmerini et al. Reference Palmerini, Busso, Maiorca and Guandalini2009, Reference Palmerini, La Cognata, Cristallo and Busso2011). The C isotopic ratios measured in AGB stars span a large range, from very low 12C/13C ratios of ≈ 4 to a maximum of about 100 (Lambert et al. Reference Lambert, Gustafsson, Eriksson and Hinkle1986; Abia & Isern Reference Abia and Isern1997). The sample by Lambert et al. (Reference Lambert, Gustafsson, Eriksson and Hinkle1986) has an average value of 58 (without the J-type C stars whose origin is unknown). The range of 12C/13C ratios in AGB stars is similar to that measured in mainstream pre-solar silicon carbide grains, with values between 40 ≲ 12C/13C ≲ 100 with an average 12C/13C ≈ 60 (Zinner Reference Zinner1998). The lowest values of the 12C/13C ratio in AGB stars suggest that some small fraction of Galactic disk C-rich AGB stars experience extra mixing. In Section 3.5.1 we summarise the C isotope predictions from AGB models, including the range expected when extra mixing occurs on the first gaint branch.

Carbon-enhanced metal-poor stars that are s-process rich presumably received their C, N and s-process enrichments from a previous AGB companion and their 12C/13C ratios are therefore an indicator of extra mixing and nucleosynthesis in the AGB star. The 12C/13C ratio has been measured in CEMP stars covering a range of evolutionary phase, from turn-off stars through to giants. Figure 7 from Stancliffe et al. (Reference Stancliffe, Church, Angelou and Lattanzio2009) illustrates the observed C isotopic ratios of unevolved (log g ⩾ 3) CEMP stars are ≲ 10 (e.g., Cohen et al. Reference Cohen2004; Sivarani et al. Reference Sivarani2006; Jonsell et al. Reference Jonsell, Barklem, Gustafsson, Christlieb, Hill, Beers and Holmberg2006; Aoki et al. Reference Aoki, Beers, Christlieb, Norris, Ryan and Tsangarides2007; Beers et al. Reference Beers, Sivarani, Marsteller, Lee, Rossi and Plez2007; Lucatello et al. Reference Lucatello, Masseron, Johnson, Pignatari and Herwig2011). Such low observed ratios are difficult to reconcile with standard AGB nucleosynthesis models, which produce very high 12C/13C ratios (> 103) at low metallicity (e.g., Karakas Reference Karakas2010; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo2011; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012). Such low 12C/13C ratios could reveal a metallicity dependence to the extra-mixing occurring in AGB envelopes.

Nitrogen abundances of CEMP stars also show a spread that is not easily explained by canonical models as shown by the population synthesis study by Izzard et al. (Reference Izzard, Glebbeek, Stancliffe and Pols2009). Stancliffe (Reference Stancliffe2010) studied thermohaline mixing in low-metallicity AGB models and found it not strong enough to explain the low C isotopic ratios. Clearly additional mixing – whatever the mechanism – is required in low-metallicity AGB envelopes, but the need for extra mixing in solar-metallicity C-rich AGB stars is more ambiguous as discussed in detail by Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010, but see Busso et al. Reference Busso, Palmerini, Maiorca, Cristallo, Straniero, Abia, Gallino and La Cognata2010).

4.4 Low-temperature opacities

In recent years there has been considerable effort put into developing accurate low-temperature molecular opacity tables for stellar evolution calculations. The opacity tables of Alexander & Ferguson (Reference Alexander and Ferguson1994) and later Ferguson et al. (Reference Ferguson, Alexander, Allard, Barman, Bodnarik, Hauschildt, Heffner-Wong and Tamanai2005) included the first detailed treatment of the inclusion of molecules to the total opacity at temperatures where T ≲ 104 K. These tables were only available for solar or scaled-solar abundance mixtures. As we have seen, AGB stars experience multiple mixing episodes that alter their envelope compositions, such that the stars may become C and N-rich and in some cases, the envelope C/O ratio can exceed unity.

Marigo (Reference Marigo2002) showed that at the transition from C/O < 1 to C/O ⩾ 1 the dominant source of molecular opacity changes from oxygen-bearing molecules to C-bearing molecules. In AGB stellar models, this change in opacity leads to a sudden decrease in the effective temperature and subsequent expansion in radius. These changes to the stellar structure cause an increase in the rate of mass loss. Marigo (Reference Marigo2002) showed that this resulted in shorter AGB lifetimes and therefore smaller stellar yields. AGB models with HBB can also deplete C and O (while producing N), which causes changes to the stellar structure and nucleosynthesis (Weiss & Ferguson Reference Weiss and Ferguson2009; Ventura & Marigo Reference Ventura and Marigo2009, Reference Ventura and Marigo2010; Fishlock et al. Reference Fishlock, Karakas and Stancliffe2014). Despite claims to the contrary, Constantino et al. (Reference Constantino, Campbell, Gil-Pons and Lattanzio2014) showed that there was no threshold in [Fe/H] below which the composition dependent molecular opacities would not produce significant changes. It is therefore necessary to use low-temperature molecular opacity tables that follow the change in C, N, and C/O ratio with time at all masses and compositions.

Besides the scaled-solar tables from Ferguson et al. (Reference Ferguson, Alexander, Allard, Barman, Bodnarik, Hauschildt, Heffner-Wong and Tamanai2005), other tables currently available for stellar evolutionary calculations are: (1) Lederer & Aringer (Reference Lederer and Aringer2009), who account for an enhancement of C and N compared to the initial abundance for various metallicities, and (2) Marigo & Aringer (Reference Marigo and Aringer2009), who provide the ÆSOPUS on-line downloadable tablesFootnote 5 . These tables are available for essentially arbitrary variations in C, N, and C/O (including enhancements and depletions) for whatever metallicity desired and for various choices of the solar composition.

4.5 The s-process

While the formation mechanism of the 13C pocket is still the main uncertainty in the s-process models, there are a number of further problems associated with the s-process scenario discussed previously in Section 3.7.

Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012) identified four different regimes of neutron captures that can occur in theoretical AGB models including: (1) the 22Ne(α,n)25Mg source operates during convective thermal pulses, (2) the 13C(α,n)16O reaction burns under radiative conditions, with the 13C produced via the inclusion of a 13C pocket, (3) the 13C(α,n)16O reaction burns under convective conditions during a thermal pulse, with the 13C produced via the inclusion of a 13C pocket, and (4) the 13C(α,n)16O reaction operates under convective conditions with the 13C produced via the ingestion of a small number of protons from the tail of the H shell during the thermal pulse.

The mass range at which these regimes occur is model dependent as described in Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012). At the metallicity considered in that study (Z = 0.0001) proton ingestion (Regime 4) dominates the s-process abundance predictions at the lowest masses (M ⩽ 1 M at Z = 0.0001) when no (or small) 13C pockets are present. Proton ingestion is expected to be more important at even lower metallicities, although the mass and metallicity range where proton ingestion occurs is still very uncertain and may occur at solar metallicities under specific conditions (e.g., Sakurai’s Object). Again, the problem comes down to the treatment of convection and convective borders in stars. The first multi-dimensional studies are becoming available to guide the one-dimensional models (Stancliffe et al. Reference Stancliffe, Dearborn, Lattanzio, Heap and Campbell2011; Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Pignatari, Woodward, Porter, Rockefeller, Fryer, Bennett and Hirschi2011, Reference Herwig, Woodward, Lin, Knox and Fryer2013).

For the first few pulses in low-mass stars, the temperature in the intershell is not large enough for efficient radiative burning of the 13C. Hence Regime 3, where all or most of the 13C is burnt under convective conditions during the next thermal pulse is possibly a common occurrence during the first few thermal pulses for all low-mass AGB stars of ≲ 2 M, regardless of Z (see also Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo, Straniero, Gallino, Piersanti, Domínguez and Lederer2009; Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012). The main result of Regime 3 is that the overall neutron exposure (i.e., total number of free neutrons) decreases owing to ingestion of the neutron poison 14N alongside the 13C from the H-shell ashes. Also during Regime 3 the neutron density increases owing to the short timescale of thermal pulses (order 102 years) relative to radiative burning during the interpulse (≈ 104 years).

The occurrence of 13C ingestion during thermal pulses is strongly connected to the uncertainties related to the onset of TDU in the lowest-mass AGB stars (e.g., the initial stellar mass for the onset of the TDU at a given Z, the efficiency of TDU as a function of stellar mass, core mass, metallicity; Frost & Lattanzio Reference Frost and Lattanzio1996b; Straniero et al. Reference Straniero, Chieffi, Limongi, Busso, Gallino and Arlandini1997; Mowlavi Reference Mowlavi1999a; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Lattanzio and Pols2002; Stancliffe & Jeffery Reference Stancliffe and Jeffery2007; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, Campbell and Stancliffe2010).

If stars as low as ≈ 1.2 M experience TDU at solar metallicities then we expect Regime 3 to be dominant in these stars for the first few thermal pulses, before the He shell region has heated up to sufficient temperature to ignite 13C(α,n)16O under radiative conditions. If these stars only experience a few TDU episodes, then this regime will dominate the stellar yields of s-process elements.

All stars rotate but the effect of rotation on stellar structure in general, and the s-process in particular, is still poorly known. The angular velocity profile inside AGB stars may produce a strong shear instability between the contracting core and the expanding envelope. Unlike the (partial) mixing postulated to come from overshoot during TDU, this shear layer does not disappear at the end of TDU. This is expected to result in continuous mixing of protons into the top layers of the He intershell, resulting in the complete operation of the CN cycle and the production of a higher abundance of the neutron-poison 14N instead of 13C. This has been shown to lower the neutron exposure and suppress the formation of s-process elements (Herwig et al. Reference Herwig, Langer and Lugaro2003; Piersanti et al. Reference Piersanti, Cristallo and Straniero2013). The effect of magnetic fields (Suijs et al. Reference Suijs, Langer, Poelarends, Yoon, Heger and Herwig2008) and gravity waves may modify the angular momentum in the star and reduce the mixing between core and envelope but has not been considered in detailed stellar evolution models so far.

We have mentioned convective overshoot at the bottom of the thermal pulse in the context of O intershell abundances. Such overshoot can lead to increased temperatures and the activation of the 22Ne neutron source at lower initial stellar mass than canonical models with no overshoot. While it has been shown for a 3 M star that such overshoot produces Zr isotopic ratios inconsistent with those measured in stardust grains (Lugaro et al. Reference Lugaro, Davis, Gallino, Pellin, Straniero and Käppeler2003), other observations such as oxygen in post-AGB stars suggest that such overshoot occurs. While the first s-process yields from models with overshoot into the C–O core are becoming available (Pignatari et al. Reference Pignatari2013) a comprehensive study on the effect of such overshoot on the s-process is still lacking.

4.6 Binary evolution

Most stars (roughly 60%) exist in binary or multiple systems (Duquennoy & Mayor Reference Duquennoy and Mayor1991). Not all stars in binary systems (or higher order multiples) will be close enough to interact and hence they will evolve essentially as single stars. The fate of these stars and their contribution to the enrichment of the Galaxy is determined by their initial mass and metallicity. For binary stars that are close enough to interact, there are many more variables that determine the type of interaction including the orbital parameters of the system and the mass ratio between the two stars.

Possible interactions include mass transfer via Roche Lobe Overflow (RLOF), which can lead to a common envelope and possible stellar merger. For example, the warm R-type C stars are all single stars which has led various authors to propose that they must be the result of stellar mergers (McClure Reference McClure1997b; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Lugaro, Karakas, Iliadis and van Raai2007). If the stars do not merge during the common envelope phase the orbital period will be dramatically shortened, allowing for later mass transfer. The details of common envelope evolution are complex and not well understood (e.g., Taam & Ricker Reference Taam and Ricker2010).

Regardless of the final outcome of the common envelope, the evolution of the two stars will be significantly altered from a single stellar evolution channel. Common envelopes may truncate the evolution of the more massive star on the first giant branch, which means it will never become an AGB star. Clearly the nucleosynthesis yields will be significantly altered from the expectations from single stellar evolution (Izzard Reference Izzard2004; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Dray, Karakas, Lugaro and Tout2006).

Interactions can come in other forms. For example if one of the stars is on the AGB and has a strong wind, then some of that wind may be transferred to the companion. That wind may then contain the products of AGB nucleosynthesis, which will later be observed on the surface of the lower mass companion. Stellar wind accretion is thought to be the dominant mechanism to produce barium and CH-type stars (McClure Reference McClure1983; McClure & Woodsworth Reference McClure and Woodsworth1990; McClure Reference McClure1997a; Boffin & Jorissen Reference Boffin and Jorissen1988; Han et al. Reference Han, Eggleton, Podsiadlowski and Tout1995; Karakas, Tout, & Lattanzio Reference Karakas, Tout and Lattanzio2000; Izzard, Dermine, & Church Reference Izzard, Dermine and Church2010; Miszalski et al. Reference Miszalski2013), as well as carbon and nitrogen-enhanced metal-poor stars (Beers & Christlieb Reference Beers and Christlieb2005; Lucatello et al. Reference Lucatello, Gratton, Beers and Carretta2005; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Glebbeek, Stancliffe and Pols2009; Pols et al. Reference Pols, Izzard, Stancliffe and Glebbeek2012; Abate et al. Reference Abate, Pols, Izzard, Mohamed and de Mink2013).

5 CHEMICAL ENRICHMENT FROM AGB STARS

Stellar yields are a key ingredient in models of the chemical evolution of galaxies and stellar systems (Tinsley Reference Tinsley1980; Gibson Reference Gibson1997; Romano et al. Reference Romano, Karakas, Tosi and Matteucci2010; Nomoto et al. Reference Nomoto, Kobayashi and Tominaga2013). Core collapse supernova explosions release vast quantities of α-elements (e.g., O, Mg, Si, Ti) and Fe-peak elements into the Galaxy on relatively short timescales (≲ 107 years). Classical nova explosions (Romano & Matteucci Reference Romano and Matteucci2003; Romano et al. Reference Romano, Karakas, Tosi and Matteucci2010) and rapidly rotating massive stars may also be an important source of C, N, and heavy elements at the earliest times (Chiappini, Matteucci, & Meynet Reference Chiappini, Matteucci and Meynet2003; Chiappini et al. Reference Chiappini, Hirschi, Meynet, Ekström, Maeder and Matteucci2006; Hirschi Reference Hirschi2007; Frischknecht et al. Reference Frischknecht, Hirschi and Thielemann2012).

Binary systems that explode as Type Ia supernovae are also responsible for producing substantial metals, mostly in the form of Fe (e.g., Seitenzahl et al. Reference Seitenzahl, Röpke, Fink and Pakmor2010), although Type Ia explosions typically take place on much longer timescales from a few hundred million years to a few gigayears (Matteucci & Greggio Reference Matteucci and Greggio1986). There is evidence that galaxies had a small number of prompt Type Ia explosions, which take place on much shorter timescales of ≈ 100 Myr since the beginning of star formation (Bonaparte et al. Reference Bonaparte, Matteucci, Recchi, Spitoni, Pipino and Grieco2013). Together, massive stars, that explode as Type II supernovae, and Type Ia supernovae dominate the chemical evolution of many elements and for this reason AGB stars were until recently largely ignored in models of chemical enrichment (Matteucci & Francois Reference Matteucci and Francois1989; Timmes et al. Reference Timmes, Woosley and Weaver1995; Gibson Reference Gibson1997; Kobayashi et al. Reference Kobayashi, Umeda, Nomoto, Tominaga and Ohkubo2006).

However, low- and intermediate-mass stars are a common inhabitant of galaxies and stellar systems and produce a copious amount of the gas and dust seen in the interstellar medium. In the last decade there has been considerable progress in our understanding of the nucleosynthesis of AGB stars. We now know that they produce considerable amounts of C, N, F, Na, the neutron-rich isotopes of Ne, Mg, as well as Na, Al, and heavy elements produced by the s-process. For a complete picture of the chemical evolution of galaxies, stellar yields from low- and intermediate-mass stars must be included.

5.1 Stellar yields from AGB stars

Renzini & Voli (Reference Renzini and Voli1981) produced the first set of stellar yields from low- to intermediate-mass stars. These CNO yields were calculated with a fully synthetic evolutionary algorithm, which included HBB, TDU, and mass loss via the Reimers (Reference Reimers, Baschek, Kegel and Traving1975) formula. Further contributions using synthetic AGB models have been made by Marigo et al. (Reference Marigo, Bressan and Chiosi1996), van den Hoek & Groenewegen (Reference van den Hoek and Groenewegen1997), Marigo (Reference Marigo2001), Izzard et al. (Reference Izzard, Tout, Karakas and Pols2004), and Gavilán, Buell, & Mollá (Reference Gavilán, Buell and Mollá2005). The biggest difference between the recent calculations listed above and those of Renzini & Voli (Reference Renzini and Voli1981) is in the improved parameterisations of the AGB phase of evolution, based on detailed models with improved input physics. The latest synthetic models also use parameterisations that depend on the initial metallicity, which is something that Renzini & Voli’s calculation did not do.

The increasing speed of modern computers means that the problem of running large grids of stellar models becomes time consuming, rather than impossible. There are now various compilations in the literature for yields from detailed AGB stellar models. Table 2 compiles these yields along with the mass and metallicity range, tells if they include predictions for s-process elements, and if downloadable yield tables are provided.

There are other studies of low- and intermediate-mass stars that include stellar yields but are not included in Table 2 for the following reasons. Stancliffe & Jeffery (Reference Stancliffe and Jeffery2007) perform a detailed study of the uncertainties affecting yields of low-mass AGB stars but only at one mass (1.5 M, Z = 0.008). Church et al. (Reference Church, Cristallo, Lattanzio, Stancliffe, Straniero and Cannon2009) present full s-process yields but also only for one mass (3 M, Z = 0.02). We include only the most recent stellar yield predictions calculated by Ventura and collaborators from 2013 and 2014. Earlier calculations (e.g., Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, D’Antona, Mazzitelli and Gratton2001; Ventura, D’Antona, & Mazzitelli Reference Ventura, D’Antona and Mazzitelli2002; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2008, Reference Ventura and D’Antona2009; Ventura & Marigo Reference Ventura and Marigo2009; Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2011) either use older input physics or cover a smaller range in mass and metallicity. There are also many papers that include surface abundances predictions for AGB models (a highly incomplete list includes the following examples: Kahane et al. Reference Kahane, Dufour, Busso, Gallino, Lugaro, Forestini and Straniero2000; Chieffi et al. Reference Chieffi, Domínguez, Limongi and Straniero2001; Abia et al. Reference Abia2002; Lebzelter et al. Reference Lebzelter, Lederer, Cristallo, Hinkle, Straniero and Aringer2008; Weiss & Ferguson Reference Weiss and Ferguson2009; Campbell et al. Reference Campbell, Lugaro and Karakas2010; Bisterzo et al. Reference Bisterzo, Gallino, Straniero, Cristallo and Käppeler2010; Kamath et al. Reference Kamath, Karakas and Wood2012; D’Orazi et al. Reference D’Orazi, Campbell, Lugaro, Lattanzio, Pignatari and Carretta2013) but not stellar yields; these are not included in Table 2.

The yields from Lagarde et al. (Reference Lagarde, Charbonnel, Decressin and Hagelberg2011) are not included in Table 2 because they only include one isotope, 3He, although for a grid of low- and intermediate-mass models covering a large range in metallicity. Charbonnel & Lagarde (Reference Charbonnel and Lagarde2010) examine the effects of extra mixing and rotation on the light-element yields of model stars up to 4 M but only provide yields for 7Li; we therefore do not include these in Table 2.

There are fewer yields for low-metallicity AGB stars below [Fe/H] ⩽ −3 because of the difficulty of calculating the stellar evolution owing to the added complexity of proton ingestion episodes and mixing during the core He flash. Iwamoto (Reference Iwamoto2009) and Campbell & Lattanzio (Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008) present yields for low-metallicity AGB stars of [Fe/H] ⩽ −3, and Gil-Pons et al. (Reference Gil-Pons, Doherty, Lau, Campbell, Suda, Guilani, Gutiérrez and Lattanzio2013) provide surface abundance predictions for intermediate-mass AGB and super-AGB stars at Z = 10− 5 between M = 4 to 9 M. Chieffi et al. (Reference Chieffi, Domínguez, Limongi and Straniero2001) present calculations of Z = 0 intermediate-mass (4 – 8 M) AGB stars but no tabulated yields. No yields of s-process elements are available from very low-metallicity AGB models at the present (although see Campbell et al. Reference Campbell, Lugaro and Karakas2010; Cruz et al. Reference Cruz, Serenelli and Weiss2013).

Ideally, chemical evolution modellers would like a self-consistent set of AGB stellar yields covering a range in mass from ≈ 0.8 M to the limit for core collapse supernovae, ≈ 10 M, for a broad range of metallicities, and for all elements from H through to Bi. In this context, none of the AGB yield sets mentioned is complete.

Some of these studies provide yields for a limited number of masses but for all elements up to bismuth (e.g., Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo2011; Pignatari et al. Reference Pignatari2013). The yields by Siess (Reference Siess2010), Doherty et al. (Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a, Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio, Siess and Campbell2014b), and Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013) focus on light elements (up to Fe) for the mass range of stars that become super-AGB stars. The largest grid of detailed stellar yields for low- and intermediate-mass AGB stars in terms of the range of masses (1 – 6 M), metallicities (Z = 0.0001, 0.004, 0.008, 0.02), and number of species (light elements up to Fe) is still Karakas (Reference Karakas2010) but the yields of Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013) cover almost the same range of masses, elements and metallicities (but not including solar).

5.2 Summary of elements produced by low and intermediate-mass stars

The stellar yields shown here are calculated according to

(4) \begin{equation} M_{\rm i} = \int _{0}^{\tau } \left[ X(i) - X_{0} (i)\right] \frac{d M}{dt} dt, \end{equation}

where Mi is the yield of species i (in solar masses), dM/dt is the current mass-loss rate, X(i) and X 0(i) refer to the current and initial mass fraction of species i, and τ is the total lifetime of the stellar model. The yield can be negative, in the case where the element is destroyed, and positive if it is produced.

5.2.1 Lithium

It is still an open question whether low- and intermediate-mass stars contribute to the production of 7Li in the Galaxy (Romano et al. Reference Romano, Matteucci, Ventura and D’Antona2001; Travaglio et al. Reference Travaglio, Randich, Galli, Lattanzio, Elliott, Forestini and Ferrini2001b; Prantzos Reference Prantzos2012). Prantzos (Reference Prantzos2012) concluded that primordial nucleosynthesis can produce at most only about 30% of the solar Li and that stellar sources (red giants, AGB stars, novae) must be responsible for at least half. Current stellar yields of Li from AGB stars do not support this production. The stellar yields by e.g., Karakas (Reference Karakas2010) show that only a narrow mass range of intermediate-mass AGB stars produce more Li than they destroy. This occurs when the Li produced from HBB takes place at the period of highest mass loss. At Z = 0.02 this occurs at ≈ 5 M. Super-AGB stars are also a possible source of Li (Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2010; Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013; Siess Reference Siess2010; Doherty et al. Reference Doherty, Gil-Pons, Lau, Lattanzio and Siess2014a).

There are many uncertainties involved in the production of 7Li in AGB models, including the mass-loss rates and the treatment of convective mixing (Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2005a, Reference Ventura and D’Antona2005b; Iwamoto Reference Iwamoto2009). The stellar Li content initially rises dramatically from production through the Cameron-Fowler mechanism, but it then decreases slowly as the Li is cycled through the hot bottom of the envelope, resulting in its gradual destruction. Mass-loss rates for AGB stars, such as the formulae given by Vassiliadis & Wood (Reference Vassiliadis and Wood1993) and Blöcker (Reference Blöcker1995), have a superwind phase which occurs during the final few thermal pulses. The superwind phase results in a period of rapid mass loss, and most of the convective envelope is lost during this time. Thus the composition of the envelope at the start of the superwind phase critically determines the contribution that AGB stars make to the enrichment of the interstellar medium. By adjusting the mass-loss formula, one can manipulate the Li yield. In Figure 27 most of the 7Li has been destroyed by the time the superwind phase starts. Other factors that may influence the yields of Li include the presence of a binary companion, rotation, and the efficiency of extra mixing on the first and asymptotic giant branches (Charbonnel & Lagarde Reference Charbonnel and Lagarde2010; Lagarde et al. Reference Lagarde, Romano, Charbonnel, Tosi, Chiappini and Matteucci2012).

5.2.2 Carbon, nitrogen, oxygen

AGB stars are one of the most important sources of 12C in the Galaxy. An estimate of the contribution of 12C from AGB stars suggests that they produce roughly one third of the Galaxy’s inventory of 12C, providing roughly the same amount as core-collapse supernovae and Wolf-Rayet stars (Dray et al. Reference Dray, Tout, Karakas and Lattanzio2003). These quantitative estimates are hindered by uncertainties in the depth and onset of the third dredge-up. Figure 34 shows yields from Karakas (Reference Karakas2010) for 12C, 14N, 17O, and 19F for two metallicities. At Z = 0.02 production is dominated by models of about 3 M, with no C production for models below about 2.5 M. While it is difficult to determine masses for Galactic C stars, estimates point to stars with initial masses as low as about 1.5 M (Wallerstein & Knapp Reference Wallerstein and Knapp1998) for the Galaxy. This suggests that C production is underestimated in the yields by Karakas (Reference Karakas2010).

Figure 34. Stellar yields of 12C, 14N, 17O, and 19F as a function of the initial mass for models of Z = 0.02 (left-hand panels) and Z = 0.0001 (right-hand panels) from Karakas (Reference Karakas2010). The solid line and open circles show results for the updated yields; the dashed line and closed circles show results from Karakas & Lattanzio (Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007). The updated yields from Karakas (Reference Karakas2010) use scaled-solar abundances, whereas the yields from Karakas & Lattanzio (Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007) used non-solar C, N, and O to reflect the composition of the LMC and SMC. Reaction rates were also updated, which mostly affected 19F and 23Na. Also, we used Reimer’s mass loss on the AGB in the M ⩾ 3 M, Z = 0.0001 models from Karakas (Reference Karakas2010), whereas in Karakas & Lattanzio (Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007) we used Vassiliadis & Wood (Reference Vassiliadis and Wood1993) on the AGB.

The isotopes 13C and 14N are produced by the CNO cycles and mixed to the surface by first and second dredge-up prior to the AGB, and by HBB during the AGB. Figure 34 shows that the yields of N are dominated by intermediate-mass stars that experience HBB (see also Frost et al. Reference Frost, Cannon, Lattanzio, Wood and Forestini1998a; Chieffi et al. Reference Chieffi, Domínguez, Limongi and Straniero2001; Pols et al. Reference Pols, Izzard, Stancliffe and Glebbeek2012). Chemical evolution models with AGB yields show that low-metallicity intermediate-mass stars play an essential role in the production of N along with massive rotating stars (e.g., Fenner et al. Reference Fenner, Campbell, Karakas, Lattanzio and Gibson2004; Romano et al. Reference Romano, Karakas, Tosi and Matteucci2010; Kobayashi et al. Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b).

Canonical AGB models do not produce substantial quantities of elemental O and stellar yields from such models are generally negligible, except at the lowest metallicities (e.g., at Z ⩽ 10− 4 Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007; Campbell & Lattanzio Reference Campbell and Lattanzio2008; Karakas Reference Karakas2010; Cristallo et al. Reference Cristallo2011). Intermediate-mass stars of low metallicity can destroy a significant amount of 16O by HBB such that the surface oxgyen abundance decreases by 0.5 – 1.0 dex, depending on the stellar model (Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013). The stellar yields by Pignatari et al. (Reference Pignatari2013), which include diffusive convective overshoot into the C–O core, suggest that low-mass AGB stars may be an important source of 16O in the Universe. Chemical evolution models that use these yields are needed to test the idea.

The only O isotope produced by canonical models is 17O which is produced by the CNO cycle during HBB. Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b) examined the evolution of the isotopic 16O/17O and 16O/18O ratios taking into account the contributions from Type II SNe and AGB stars. It was found that while the solar 16O/18O ratio is well matched by current yields, the present-day ratio for 16O/17O was too low, indicating an over-production of 17O by AGB models. This may put constraints on the rates of the 17O + p reactions, which are uncertain at stellar energies (e.g., Chafa et al. Reference Chafa2007; Sergi et al. Reference Sergi2010).

5.2.3 Fluorine

The cosmic origin of fluorine is not yet completely understood. Core collapse supernovae (Woosley & Weaver Reference Woosley and Weaver1995) and stellar winds from Wolf Rayet stars (Meynet & Arnould Reference Meynet and Arnould2000) are both predicted to release F-enriched material into the ISM, alongside AGB stars (Renda et al. Reference Renda2004). Observationally, AGB stars and their progeny (e.g., post-AGB stars, planetary nebulae) are the only confirmed site of F production (Jorissen et al. Reference Jorissen, Smith and Lambert1992; Werner et al. Reference Werner, Rauch and Kruk2005; Zhang & Liu Reference Zhang and Liu2005; Pandey Reference Pandey2006; Schuler et al. Reference Schuler, Cunha, Smith, Sivarani, Beers and Lee2007; Abia et al. Reference Abia2010; Lucatello et al. Reference Lucatello, Masseron, Johnson, Pignatari and Herwig2011), with no clear indication for enhanced F abundances resulting from the ν-process in a region shaped by past SNe (Federman et al. Reference Federman, Sheffer, Lambert and Smith2005). Recio-Blanco et al. (Reference Recio-Blanco, de Laverny, Worley, Santos, Melo and Israelian2012) noted that AGB stars are likely the dominant source of F in the cool main-sequence dwarfs they observed in the solar neighbourhood.

Figure 34 shows that F production is coupled with C production. Observations also show a clear correlation between [F/O] content and C/O in AGB stars (Jorissen et al. Reference Jorissen, Smith and Lambert1992, and Figure 22). The stellar yields follow a similar function in mass and metallicity space. This means that the uncertainties that are the most significant for C similarly affect F, although with the added complication that the reaction rates involved in F production in the He shell are rather uncertain as discussed in Section 3.5.

Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Izutani, Karakas, Yoshida, Yong and Umeda2011a) provide the most recent estimates of the chemical evolution of F using updated AGB yields as well as the latest ν-process yields from core-collapse SNe (see also Sánchez-Blázquez et al. Reference Sánchez-Blázquez, Marcolini, Gibson, Karakas, Pilkington and Calura2012). The model by Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Izutani, Karakas, Yoshida, Yong and Umeda2011a) was able to reproduce the F abundances observed in field stars covering a range of metallicities, with SNe dominating production at the lowest metallicities (here using O as the tracer, [O/H] ≲ −1.2), followed by a rapid increase from AGB stars at around [O/H] ≈ −0.5.

5.2.4 From neon to iron

The yields of elemental Ne from AGB stars are generally small, except in the case when substantial 22Ne is produced during thermal pulses (Karakas & Lattanzio Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2003a). Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b) found that the contribution of AGB stars was essential for matching the solar Ne isotopic ratios (see also Gibson, Fenner, & Kiessling Reference Gibson, Fenner and Kiessling2005). Without AGB stars the contribution from SNe dominate and produce too much 20Ne relative to the neutron-rich 21Ne and 22Ne.

Intermediate-mass AGB stars produce some Na via the Ne–Na chain (Forestini & Charbonnel Reference Forestini and Charbonnel1997; Mowlavi Reference Mowlavi1999b; Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013), although production is highly dependent on the uncertain rates of the 23Na + p reactions (Hale et al. Reference Hale, Champagne, Iliadis, Hansper, Powell and Blackmon2004; Izzard et al. Reference Izzard, Lugaro, Karakas, Iliadis and van Raai2007). The AGB models used by Fenner et al. (Reference Fenner, Campbell, Karakas, Lattanzio and Gibson2004) produced copious sodium and led to much larger [Na/Fe] abundances compared to observations of globular cluster stars (see also Gibson Reference Gibson, Vazdekis and Peletier2007). The stellar models in Karakas (Reference Karakas2010) produced between ~ 6 to 30 times less Na compared to the stellar models in Karakas & Lattanzio (Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007) as a result of using updated reaction rates. Figure 35 shows the difference for the Z = 0.004 models. Using the updated yields from Karakas (Reference Karakas2010), Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b) found that AGB stars do not noticeably affect the chemical evolution of Na in the Milky Way Galaxy.

Figure 35. Stellar yields of 23Na as a function of the initial mass for models of Z = 0.004. The solid line and open circles show results from Karakas (Reference Karakas2010), while the dashed line and closed circles show results from Karakas & Lattanzio (Reference Karakas and Lattanzio2007).

The yields of Na and Al from AGB stars are also critically dependent on model assumptions and in particular on the convective model and temperature structure of the envelope (Ventura & D’Antona Reference Ventura and D’Antona2005a). While the Na and Al yields of Karakas (Reference Karakas2010) are reasonably small, the yields from Ventura et al. (Reference Ventura, Di Criscienzo, Carini and D’Antona2013) suggest that intermediate-mass AGB and super-AGB stars may be substantial producers of Na and Al at low metallicities (Ventura et al. Reference Ventura, Carini and D’Antona2011).

The neutron-rich isotopes of Mg are produced by intermediate-mass AGB stars alongside core collapse SNe. The amounts of 25Mg and 26Mg produced by low-metallicity intermediate-mass AGB stars can be enough to affect the galactic chemical evolution of these isotopes. Fenner et al. (Reference Fenner, Gibson, Lee, Karakas, Lattanzio, Chieffi, Limongi and Yong2003) found that the contribution of AGB stars was essential to explain the Mg isotopic ratios observed in cool evolved field stars (Gay & Lambert Reference Gay and Lambert2000; Yong et al. Reference Yong, Lambert and Ivans2003b). Kobayashi et al. (Reference Kobayashi, Karakas and Umeda2011b) noted that their chemical evolution model predicted higher than present-day solar ratios for 24Mg/25, 26Mg using yields from AGB stars and SNe and concluded that AGB stars (or some other source, such as Wolf Rayet stars) need to produce more 25Mg and 26Mg.

Phosphorus and Sc can also be produced in small quantities by AGB stars as a consequence of neutron captures in the He intershell (Smith et al. Reference Smith, Lambert and McWilliam1987; Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012). Most of the other intermediate-mass elements including Si, Cl, Ar, K, Mn are not significantly produced by AGB nucleosynthesis except for small isotopic shifts caused by neutron captures (Karakas et al. Reference Karakas, van Raai, Lugaro, Sterling and Dinerstein2009). The predicted isotopic shifts, which include increases in the neutron-rich 29, 30Si, can be compared to measurements of the Si isotopes in pre-solar silicon carbide grains. We refer to Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Zinner, Gallino and Amari1999) and references therein for details (see also Zinner et al. Reference Zinner, Nittler, Gallino, Karakas, Lugaro, Straniero and Lattanzio2006; Zinner Reference Zinner2008; Lewis et al. Reference Lewis, Lugaro, Gibson and Pilkington2013).

5.2.5 Heavy elements produced by the s-process

The contribution from AGB stars is crucial to understand the origin and evolution of elements heavier than iron. About half of all heavy elements are produced by the s-process, and most of those elements are produced by AGB stars. One current uncertainty is the Galactic epoch at which AGB stars begin contributing toward the bulk Galactic chemical evolution of elements. Simmerer et al. (Reference Simmerer, Sneden, Cowan, Collier, Woolf and Lawler2004) suggested this epoch occurred around [Fe/H] ≳ −1, but that AGB stars can contribute inhomogeneously (locally) from [Fe/H] ≳ −3. This is also the metallicity at which CEMP stars with s-process elements become more common, compared to the CEMP stars without neutron-capture element overabundances, which dominate at lower metallicities (Beers & Christlieb Reference Beers and Christlieb2005; Sneden et al. Reference Sneden, Cowan and Gallino2008; Frebel & Norris Reference Frebel and Norris2013).

Unfortunately, stellar yields from AGB stars that include predictions for heavy elements are even more incomplete than for light elements. The yields by Cristallo et al. (Reference Cristallo2011) include a complete network of elements to Bi for masses to 3 M, these were extended to 4, 5, and 6 M AGB models for one metallicity (Z = 0.0003) by Straniero et al. (Reference Straniero, Cristallo and Piersanti2014); Pignatari et al. (Reference Pignatari2013) include yields for three AGB masses at two metallicities (Z = 0.01 and 0.02); and Fishlock et al. (Reference Fishlock, Karakas, Lugaro and Yong2014, submitted) present yields for M = 1 to 7 M at one metallicity, Z = 0.001. Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012) present tables of stellar abundance predictions as a function of thermal pulse number from models from 0.9 to 6 M for only one metallicity (Z = 0.0001 or [Fe/H] = − 2.3). The predictions from Lugaro et al. (Reference Lugaro, Karakas, Stancliffe and Rijs2012) are not included in Table 2 because integrated yields are not provided.

For super-AGB stars the situation is even worse. The only s-process calculations currently published are for a single 9 M, Z = 0.02 model in Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, García-Hernández and Lugaro2012) and only for a limited nuclear network up to Mo. No yield tables were included with that study. Wanajo et al. (Reference Wanajo, Janka and Müller2011) calculate r-process yields from electron-capture SNe, which have evolved from super-AGB stars with massive O–Ne cores.

There have been various chemical evolution models that focus on the evolution of the neutron-capture elements and the contribution of AGB stars (e.g., Raiteri et al. Reference Raiteri, Villata, Gallino, Busso and Cravanzola1999; Travaglio et al. Reference Travaglio, Galli, Gallino, Busso, Ferrini and Straniero1999, Reference Travaglio, Gallino, Busso and Gratton2001a, Reference Travaglio, Gallino, Arnone, Cowan, Jordan and Sneden2004; Fenner et al. Reference Fenner, Gibson, Gallino and Lugaro2006; Serminato et al. Reference Serminato, Gallino, Travaglio, Bisterzo and Straniero2009; Hansen et al. Reference Hansen, Bergemann, Cescutti, François, Arcones, Karakas, Lind and Chiappini2013). In these models, the yields of s-process elements are included by extrapolating from the existing models, especially for intermediate-mass AGB stars where there are no or few existing theoretical predictions.

We comment on the production of s-process elements from intermediate-mass AGB stars. While the contribution from low-mass AGB stars to the chemical evolution of Ba and Pb is well supported by models and observations (Travaglio et al. Reference Travaglio, Gallino, Busso and Gratton2001a), the contribution from intermediate-mass AGB stars has for some time been seen as minimal. For example, Travaglio et al. (Reference Travaglio, Gallino, Arnone, Cowan, Jordan and Sneden2004) estimate that intermediate-mass stars contribute ≈ 8%, 6%, 6%, 1%, and 5% toward the solar-system composition of Sr, Y, Zr, Nb, and Mo, respectively. However, observational evidence suggests that intermediate-mass AGB stars produce substantial amounts of Rb (García-Hernández et al. Reference García-Hernández, García-Lario, Plez, D’Antona, Manchado and Trigo-Rodríguez2006). Chemical evolution models are required, with a complete set of intermediate-mass and super-AGB yields, to quantitatively assess the impact of intermediate-mass stars on the chemical evolution of Rb.

We finish with a discussion of another uncertainty on stellar yield predictions: the effect of helium enrichment. Karakas et al. (Reference Karakas, Marino and Nataf2014) study the effect of helium enrichment on AGB evolution and nucleosynthesis for two masses (M = 1.7, 2.36 M) at two metallicities appropriate for the GC ω Centauri (Z = 0.0003, 0.0006, which is roughly [Fe/H] ≈ −1.8 and − 1.4, respectively). An increase of ΔY = 0.10 at a given mass decreases the yields of C by up to ≈ 60%, of F by up to 80%, and the yields of the s-process elements Ba and La by ≈ 45%. The main reason is that an increase of ΔY = 0.10 leads to roughly a factor of 3 decrease in the amount of dredged up material during the AGB. The lifetimes of He-enriched models are significantly shorter than their counterparts with primordial He content, which means that they will contribute to the chemical evolution of a system sooner.

It may not be enough to simply evolve grids of stellar evolutionary sequences covering a range in mass and metallicity. Variations in the helium mass fraction have a significant impact on the stellar yields and may be an important third parameter. This reminds us of the days before the primordial He abundance was determined, and stellar models were typically published with a spread of Y values.

6 SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK

Stellar yields are a key ingredient in chemical evolution models. Low- and intermediate-mass stars are an integral part of galaxies and help shape their evolution, gas and dust content, as well as their integrated light. Even stars as low as 0.9 M can, at low metallicity, contribute to the chemical evolution of elements. The days of only considering supernovae are over. However, for low- and intermediate-mass stars to be included, theoretical predictions from stars covering a large range in mass and metallicity need to be calculated.

In this review we have discussed the various mixing processes that affect the surface composition and yields of stars less massive than about 10 M. These recurrent mixing events can significantly change the surface composition of the envelope, with the richest nucleosynthesis occurring during the AGB phase of evolution. AGB stars are observed to show enrichments in C, N, F, and heavy elements synthesised by the s-process. AGB stars release their nucleosynthesis products through stellar outflows or winds, in contrast to massive stars that explode as core-collapse SNe.

Supercomputers have allowed the calculation of stellar yields from detailed (but still single!) AGB models covering large ranges in mass and composition. While significant progress has been made over the past decade, there are still crucial gaps, especially for elements produced by the s-process for all mass and metallicity ranges. This is mostly because many nuclear species (on the order of hundreds) are required to accurately model the s-process and the computational time required is still significant (e.g., months of supercomputer time on a single CPU is required for an intermediate-mass AGB model of low metallicity).

Gaps in our knowledge are also apparent for AGB stars of very low metallicity (e.g., [Fe/H] ⩽ −3). More theoretical effort is needed to address these gaps, especially because current and new surveys (e.g., SEGUE, GALAH, APOGEE, and GAIA-ESO) will provide spectra of hundreds of thousands of stars in all regions of our Milky Way Galaxy including in the metal-poor halo. These huge surveys are going to drive dramatic improvements in the reliability of stellar models, by providing data that show inconsistencies and errors in our current understanding. Detailed nucleosynthesis models of AGB stars and SNe at low metallicity will be required in order to disentangle their history or to provide insight into the nature of the Galaxy at the earliest times.

Many significant uncertainties affect the stellar yield calculations, such as convection and mass loss, and these in turn affect the accuracy and reliability of chemical evolution model predictions. Convection has proven to be a persistent problem in one-dimensional stellar evolution calculations. While we have better observations with which to constrain convection and convective borders in AGB models to calibrate any given stellar evolution code, we are only slowly improving our understanding of the physics of convection in stellar interiors (Meakin & Arnett Reference Meakin and Arnett2007; Arnett, Meakin, & Young Reference Arnett, Meakin and Young2009; Viallet et al. Reference Viallet, Meakin, Arnett and Mocak2013).

The Spitzer Space Telescope has provided important insight into the nature of mass loss in evolved stars. We have learnt that mass-loss rates are not necessarily smaller at low metallicity owing to the copious dredge-up of primary C. We also presumably have a better understanding of the theory of mass loss, at least for C-rich AGB stars and progress is being made for O-rich AGB stars as well.

Non-standard physics such as rotation and thermohaline mixing are now starting to be included in stellar evolutionary calculations and the first yields are appearing, albeit only for a small number of isotopes. Chemical evolution calculations using these yields show the importance of these physical phenomena on the evolution of light species such as 3He, 7Li, and the C isotopes. Ideally these calculations should be extended to include all species affected by extra mixing.

Where will we be in the next 5 to 20 years? Future effort must go into understanding how convection operates in stellar interiors. This is singly the most important and crucial uncertainty and one that requires multi-dimensional calculations on supercomputers. Advances driven by supercomputers will reveal insights into the nature of 13C pocket formation in low-mass AGB stars as well as help solve the puzzle of the O abundances observed in post-AGB stars (e.g., is there really overshoot into the C–O core?). We still have some way to go to unravel these puzzles!

Supercomputers will also help drive advances in our understanding of rotation and magnetic fields in stellar interiors, as well as non-convective extra mixing processes. While progress has been made in understanding how thermohaline mixing operates in red giant envelopes, we still do not know if thermohaline mixing is efficient in AGB stars. Some form of non-convective mixing is needed to drive changes that we know occur in the envelopes of low-metallicity AGB stars (e.g., low-observed 12C/13C ratios compared to AGB yields).

The greatest understanding of mass loss from evolved stars will be driven by observations from e.g., ALMA and James Webb Space Telescope (JWST). ALMA is already starting to probe the clumpy nature of mass loss from evolved stars and supergiants. While thermonuclear reaction rates are probably the least of our worries for low- and intermediate-mass stars, we know that some key rates (e.g., those that destroy 23Na and the neutron-producing reactions) are still highly uncertain and can effect stellar yields. New experimental facilities such as the Facility for Rare Isotope Beams being built at the University of Michigan will provide new experimental data.

Stellar yields from populations of binaries covering a range of metallicities are desperately needed. Most stars are in binaries and many will interact. The interactions can lead to dramatic outcomes such as Type Ia SNe, which play an essential role in chemical evolution (and cosmology), but also less energetic outcomes such as novae, symbiotic stars, barium and CH stars, and CEMP stars. Binary evolution will also change the yields from a single stellar population but exactly how still needs to be determined.

In the next 10 years there will be an explosion of new stellar abundance data driven by new surveys and instruments (e.g., the GALAH survey using High Efficiency and Resolution Multi-Element Spectograph (HERMES) on the Anglo-Australian Telescope (AAT), the GAIA-ESO survey, Large Sky Area Multi-Object Fibre Spectroscopic Telescope (LAMOST), APOGEE etc.). These data will help answer big questions facing astronomy including how stars evolve and produce elements and how the elements are ejected to enrich the Universe, as well as questions related to the formation and evolution of galaxies. These tremendous investments in astronomical infrastructure will pay the largest dividends when augmented by complementary theoretical and modelling research.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors would like to thank the Editors for their patience in waiting for this review and the referee for providing constructive comments on the manuscript. We would also like to thank George Angelou, Harriet Dinerstein, Carolyn Doherty, Cherie Fishlock, Brad Gibson, Falk Herwig, Robert Izzard, Maria Lugaro, Brent Miszalski, David Nataf, and Richard Stancliffe for help in writing this review. A.I.K. is grateful to the ARC for support through a Future Fellowship (FT110100475). This work was partially supported by ARC grants DP120101815, DP1095368, and DP0877317.

Footnotes

1 Where Z is the global mass fraction of all elements heavier than H and He, with mass fractions X and Y respectively.

2 Using the standard spectroscopic notation [X/Y] = log 10(X/Y)* − log 10(X/Y).

3 Using the notation A(X) = log ε(X) = log 10(NX/NH) + 12 and NX is the abundance (by number) of element X.

4 MESA stands for ‘Modules for Experiments in Stellar Astrophysics’: http://mesa.sourceforge.net/.

References

REFERENCES

Abate, C., Pols, O. R., Izzard, R. G., Mohamed, S. S., & de Mink, S. E. 2013, A&A, 552, A26 Google Scholar
Abia, C., Busso, M., Gallino, R., Domínguez, I., Straniero, O., & Isern, J. 2001, ApJ, 559, 1117 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Abia, C., Cunha, K., Cristallo, S., de Laverny, P., Domínguez, I., Recio-Blanco, A., Smith, V. V., & Straniero, O. 2011, ApJL, 737, L8 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Abia, C., de Laverny, P., & Wahlin, R. 2008, A&A, 481, 161 Google Scholar
Abia, C., & Isern, J. 1997, MNRAS, 289, L11 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Abia, C., Recio-Blanco, A., de Laverny, P., Cristallo, S., Domínguez, I., & Straniero, O. 2009, ApJ, 694, 971 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Abia, C., et al. 2002, ApJ, 579, 817 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Abia, C., et al. 2010, ApJL, 715, L94 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Alcalá, J. M., Biazzo, K., Covino, E., Frasca, A., & Bedin, L. R. 2011, A&A, 531, L12 Google Scholar
Alexander, D. R., & Ferguson, J. W. 1994, ApJ, 437, 879 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Allen, D. M., & Barbuy, B. 2006a, A&A, 454, 895 Google Scholar
Allen, D. M., & Barbuy, B. 2006b, A&A, 454, 917 Google Scholar
Allen, D. M., & Porto de Mello, G. F. 2007, A&A, 474, 221 Google Scholar
Aller, L. H., & Czyzak, S. J. 1983, ApJS, 51, 211 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Althaus, L. G., Córsico, A. H., Isern, J., & García-Berro, E. 2010, A&AR, 18, 471 Google Scholar
Althaus, L. G., Panei, J. A., Miller Bertolami, M. M., García-Berro, E., Córsico, A. H., Romero, A. D., Kepler, S. O., & Rohrmann, R. D. 2009, ApJ, 704, 1605 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Alves-Brito, A., Karakas, A. I., Yong, D., Meléndez, J., & Vásquez, S. 2011, A&A, 536, A40 Google Scholar
Angelou, G. C., Church, R. P., Stancliffe, R. J., Lattanzio, J. C., & Smith, G. H. 2011, ApJ, 728, 79 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Angelou, G. C., Stancliffe, R. J., Church, R. P., Lattanzio, J. C., & Smith, G. H. 2012, ApJ, 749, 128 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Angulo, C., et al. 1999, Nucl. Phys. A, 656, 3 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aoki, W., Beers, T. C., Christlieb, N., Norris, J. E., Ryan, S. G., & Tsangarides, S. 2007, ApJ, 655, 492 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Arcones, A., Janka, H.-T., & Scheck, L. 2007, A&A, 467, 1227 Google Scholar
Arcones, A., & Montes, F. 2011, ApJ, 731, 5 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Argast, D., Samland, M., Thielemann, F.-K., & Qian, Y.-Z. 2004, A&A, 416, 997 Google Scholar
Arlandini, C., Käppeler, F., Wisshak, K., Gallino, R., Lugaro, M., Busso, M., & Straniero, O. 1999, ApJ, 525, 886 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Arndt, T. U., Fleischer, A. J., & Sedlmayr, E. 1997, A&A, 327, 614 Google Scholar
Arnett, D., Meakin, C., & Young, P. A. 2009, ApJ, 690, 1715 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Arnould, M., Goriely, S., & Jorissen, A. 1999, A&A, 347, 572 Google Scholar
Arnould, M., Goriely, S., & Takahashi, K. 2007, PhR, 450, 97 Google Scholar
Asplund, M., Grevesse, N., Sauval, A. J., & Scott, P. 2009, ARA&A, 47, 481 Google Scholar
Asplund, M., Gustafsson, B., Lambert, D. L., & Kameswara Rao, N. 1997, A&A, 321, L17 Google Scholar
Balser, D. S., Rood, R. T., & Bania, T. M. 2007, Sci, 317, 1171 Google Scholar
Bania, T. M., Rood, R. T., & Balser, D. S. 2002, Natur, 415, 54 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bedijn, P. J. 1988, A&A, 205, 105 Google Scholar
Beer, H., & Macklin, R. L. 1989, ApJ, 339, 962 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beers, T. C., & Christlieb, N. 2005, ARA&A, 43, 531 Google Scholar
Beers, T. C., Sivarani, T., Marsteller, B., Lee, Y., Rossi, S., & Plez, B. 2007, AJ, 133, 1193 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bellman, S., Briley, M. M., Smith, G. H., & Claver, C. F. 2001, PASP, 113, 326 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bernard-Salas, J., Pottasch, S. R., Gutenkunst, S., Morris, P. W., & Houck, J. R. 2008, ApJ, 672, 274 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bertelli, G., Bressan, A., Chiosi, C., & Angerer, K. 1986a, A&AS, 66, 191 Google Scholar
Bertelli, G., Bressan, A., Chiosi, C., & Angerer, K. 1986b, Mem. Soc. Astron. Ital., 57, 427 Google Scholar
Bertolli, M. G., Herwig, F., Pignatari, M., & Lawano, T. 2013, ArXiv e-printsGoogle Scholar
Bisterzo, S., Gallino, R., Straniero, O., Cristallo, S., & Käppeler, F. 2010, MNRAS, 404, 1529 Google Scholar
Bisterzo, S., Gallino, R., Straniero, O., Cristallo, S., & Käppeler, F. 2011, MNRAS, 418, 284 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bisterzo, S., Gallino, R., Straniero, O., Cristallo, S., & Käppeler, F. 2012, MNRAS, 422, 849 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bjork, S. R., & Chaboyer, B. 2006, ApJ, 641, 1102 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Blöcker, T. 1995, A&A, 297, 727 Google Scholar
Blöcker, T., & Schoenberner, D. 1991, A&A, 244, L43 Google Scholar
Bloecker, T. 1995, A&A, 299, 755 Google Scholar
Boffin, H. M. J., & Jorissen, A. 1988, A&A, 205, 155 Google Scholar
Bonačić Marinović, A., Izzard, R. G., Lugaro, M., & Pols, O. R. 2007a, A&A, 469, 1013 Google Scholar
Bonačić Marinović, A., Lugaro, M., Reyniers, M., & van Winckel, H. 2007b, A&A, 472, L1 Google Scholar
Bonaparte, I., Matteucci, F., Recchi, S., Spitoni, E., Pipino, A., & Grieco, V. 2013, MNRAS, 435, 2460 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boothroyd, A. I., & Sackmann, I.-J. 1988, ApJ, 328, 653 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boothroyd, A. I., & Sackmann, I.-J. 1992, ApJL, 393, L21 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boothroyd, A. I., & Sackmann, I.-J. 1999, ApJ, 510, 232 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boothroyd, A. I., Sackmann, I.-J., & Ahern, S. C. 1993, ApJ, 416, 762 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boothroyd, A. I., Sackmann, I.-J., & Wasserburg, G. J. 1994, ApJL, 430, L77 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boothroyd, A. I., Sackmann, I.-J., & Wasserburg, G. J. 1995, ApJL, 442, L21 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boyer, M. L., et al. 2013, ApJ, 774, 83 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bragaglia, A., et al. 2001, AJ, 121, 327 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bressan, A., Fagotto, F., Bertelli, G., & Chiosi, C. 1993, A&AS, 100, 647 Google Scholar
Brown, J. M., Garaud, P., & Stellmach, S. 2013, ApJ, 768, 34 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brown, T. M., Sweigart, A. V., Lanz, T., Landsman, W. B., & Hubeny, I. 2001, ApJ, 562, 368 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Buonanno, R., Corsi, C. E., & Fusi Pecci, F. 1985, A&A, 145, 97 Google Scholar
Burbidge, E. M., Burbidge, G. R., Fowler, W. A., & Hoyle, F. 1957, RvMP, 29, 547 Google Scholar
Busso, M., Gallino, R., Lambert, D. L., Travaglio, C., & Smith, V. V. 2001, ApJ, 557, 802 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Busso, M., Gallino, R., & Wasserburg, G. J. 1999, ARA&A, 37, 239 Google Scholar
Busso, M., Palmerini, S., Maiorca, E., Cristallo, S., Straniero, O., Abia, C., Gallino, R., & La Cognata, M. 2010, ApJL, 717, L47 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Busso, M., Wasserburg, G. J., Nollett, K. M., & Calandra, A. 2007, ApJ, 671, 802 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Buzzoni, A., Pecci, F. F., Buonanno, R., & Corsi, C. E. 1983, A&A, 128, 94 Google Scholar
Cameron, A. G. W. 1957, PASP, 69, 201 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cameron, A. G. W. 1960, AJ, 65, 485 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cameron, A. G. W., & Fowler, W. A. 1971, ApJ, 164, 111 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Campbell, S. W., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2008, A&A, 490, 769 Google Scholar
Campbell, S. W., Lugaro, M., & Karakas, A. I. 2010, A&A, 522, L6 Google Scholar
Campbell, S. W., et al. 2013, Natur, 498, 198 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cannon, R. C. 1993, MNRAS, 263, 817 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cantiello, M., & Langer, N. 2010, A&A, 521, A9 Google Scholar
Canuto, V. M. 2011a, A&A, 528, A76 Google Scholar
Canuto, V. M. 2011b, A&A, 528, A77 Google Scholar
Canuto, V. M. 2011c, A&A, 528, A78 Google Scholar
Canuto, V. M. 2011d, A&A, 528, A79 Google Scholar
Canuto, V. M. 2011e, A&A, 528, A80 Google Scholar
Caputo, F., Chieffi, A., Tornambe, A., Castellani, V., & Pulone, L. 1989, ApJ, 340, 241 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Carlberg, J. K., Majewski, S. R., & Arras, P. 2009, ApJ, 700, 832 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Carlberg, J. K., Smith, V. V., Cunha, K., Majewski, S. R., & Rood, R. T. 2010, ApJL, 723, L103 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Carretta, E., Bragaglia, A., Gratton, R., & Lucatello, S. 2009, A&A, 505, 139 Google Scholar
Cassisi, S., Castellani, V., & Tornambe, A. 1996, ApJ, 459, 298 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cassisi, S., Marín-Franch, A., Salaris, M., Aparicio, A., Monelli, M., & Pietrinferni, A. 2011, A&A, 527, A59 Google Scholar
Cassisi, S., & Salaris, M. 1997, MNRAS, 285, 593 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cassisi, S., Salaris, M., & Bono, G. 2002, ApJ, 565, 1231 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cassisi, S., Schlattl, H., Salaris, M., & Weiss, A. 2003, ApJL, 582, L43 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Castellani, V., Chieffi, A., Tornambe, A., & Pulone, L. 1985, ApJ, 296, 204 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Castellani, V., Giannone, P., & Renzini, A. 1971a, ApSpSci, 10, 340 Google Scholar
Castellani, V., Giannone, P., & Renzini, A. 1971b, ApSpSci, 10, 355 Google Scholar
Catelan, M. 2000, ApJ, 531, 826 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chafa, A., et al. 2007, PhRvC, 75, 035810 Google Scholar
Chanamé, J., Pinsonneault, M., & Terndrup, D. M. 2005, ApJ, 631, 540 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Charbonnel, C. 1994, A&A, 282, 811 Google Scholar
Charbonnel, C. 1995, ApJL, 453, L41 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Charbonnel, C., & Balachandran, S. C. 2000, A&A, 359, 563 Google Scholar
Charbonnel, C., & Lagarde, N. 2010, A&A, 522, A10 Google Scholar
Charbonnel, C., & Zahn, J.-P. 2007a, A&A, 476, L29 Google Scholar
Charbonnel, C., & Zahn, J.-P. 2007b, A&A, 467, L15 Google Scholar
Chiappini, C., Hirschi, R., Meynet, G., Ekström, S., Maeder, A., & Matteucci, F. 2006, A&A, 449, L27 Google Scholar
Chiappini, C., Matteucci, F., & Meynet, G. 2003, A&A, 410, 257 Google Scholar
Chieffi, A., Domínguez, I., Limongi, M., & Straniero, O. 2001, ApJ, 554, 1159 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Church, R. P., Cristallo, S., Lattanzio, J. C., Stancliffe, R. J., Straniero, O., & Cannon, R. C. 2009, PASA, 26, 217 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clayton, D. D. 1988, MNRAS, 234, 1 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Coc, A., Vangioni-Flam, E., Descouvemont, P., Adahchour, A., & Angulo, C. 2004, ApJ, 600, 544 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cohen, J. G., Briley, M. M., & Stetson, P. B. 2005, AJ, 130, 1177 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cohen, O., & Drake, J. J. 2014, ApJ, 783, 55 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cohen, J. G., et al. 2004, ApJ, 612, 1107 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Constantino, T., Campbell, S., Gil-Pons, P., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2014, ApJ, 784, article id. 56, 12 pp.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Corradi, R. L. M., & Schwarz, H. E. 1995, A&A, 293, 871 Google Scholar
Cosner, K., Iben, I. Jr., & Truran, J. W. 1980, ApJL, 238, L91 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cottrell, P. L., & Da Costa, G. S. 1981, ApJL, 245, L79 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cristallo, S., Straniero, O., Gallino, R., Piersanti, L., Domínguez, I., & Lederer, M. T. 2009, ApJ, 696, 797 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cristallo, S., et al. 2011, ApJS, 197, 17 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cruz, M. A., Serenelli, A., & Weiss, A. 2013, A&A, 559, A4 Google Scholar
Cyburt, R. H., Fields, B. D., & Olive, K. A. 2008, JCAP, 11, 12 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Da Costa, G. S., & Marino, A. F. 2011, PASA, 28, 28 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Da Costa, G. S., Norris, J. E., & Yong, D. 2013, ApJ, 769, 8 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
D’Antona, F., Caloi, V., Montalbán, J., Ventura, P., & Gratton, R. 2002, A&A, 395, 69 Google Scholar
D’Antona, F., D’Ercole, A., Carini, R., Vesperini, E., & Ventura, P. 2012, MNRAS, 426, 1710 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
D’Antona, F., & Mazzitelli, I. 1982, A&A, 115, L1 Google Scholar
Dearborn, D. S. P. 1992, PhR, 210, 367 Google Scholar
Dearborn, D. S. P., Lattanzio, J. C., & Eggleton, P. P. 2006, ApJ, 639, 405 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
De Beck, E., Decin, L., de Koter, A., Justtanont, K., Verhoelst, T., Kemper, F., & Menten, K. M. 2010, A&A, 523, A18 Google Scholar
Decressin, T., Charbonnel, C., & Meynet, G. 2007, A&A, 475, 859 Google Scholar
Demarque, P., & Mengel, J. G. 1971, ApJ, 164, 317 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
de Mink, S. E., Pols, O. R., Langer, N., & Izzard, R. G. 2009, A&A, 507, L1 Google Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A. 2010, ApJ, 723, 563 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., Chaboyer, B., & Li, K. 2006, ApJ, 641, 1087 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., & Herwig, F. 2004, ApJ, 612, 1081 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., Herwig, F., Truran, J. W., & Paxton, B. 2013a, ApJ, 772, 37 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., & Merryfield, W. J. 2011, ApJL, 727, L8 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., Pinsonneault, M., & MacGregor, K. B. 2009, ApJ, 696, 1823 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., & Tout, C. A. 2000, MNRAS, 316, 395 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., & Tout, C. A. 2003, MNRAS, 340, 722 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Denissenkov, P. A., Truran, J. W., Pignatari, M., Trappitsch, R., Ritter, C., Herwig, F., Battino, U., & Setoodehnia, K. 2013b, MNRAS, submittedGoogle Scholar
D’Ercole, A., D’Antona, F., Carini, R., Vesperini, E., & Ventura, P. 2012, MNRAS, 423, 1521 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
D’Ercole, A., D’Antona, F., Ventura, P., Vesperini, E., & McMillan, S. L. W. 2010, MNRAS, 407, 854 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
D’Ercole, A., D’Antona, F., & Vesperini, E. 2011, MNRAS, 415, 1304 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
De Smedt, K., Van Winckel, H., Karakas, A. I., Siess, L., Goriely, S., & Wood, P. R. 2012, A&A, 541, A67 Google Scholar
Despain, K. H. 1981, ApJ, 251, 639 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deupree, R. G. 1984, ApJ, 287, 268 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deupree, R. G. 1986, ApJ, 303, 649 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deupree, R. G. 1996, ApJ, 471, 377 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deupree, R. G., & Wallace, R. K. 1987, ApJ, 317, 724 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Di Cecco, A., et al. 2010, ApJ, 712, 527 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Van-Trung, D., & Lim, J. 2008, ApJ, 678, 303 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Doherty, C. L., Gil-Pons, P., Lau, H. H. B., Lattanzio, J. C., & Siess, L. 2014a, MNRAS, 437, 195 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Doherty, C. L., Gil-Pons, P., Lau, H. H. B., Lattanzio, J. C., Siess, L., & Campbell, S. W. 2014b, MNRAS, 441, 582598 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Doherty, C. L., Siess, L., Lattanzio, J. C., & Gil-Pons, P. 2010, MNRAS, 401, 1453 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dominguez, I., Chieffi, A., Limongi, M., & Straniero, O. 1999, ApJ, 524, 226 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dopita, M. A., et al. 1997, ApJ, 474, 188 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
D’Orazi, V., Campbell, S. W., Lugaro, M., Lattanzio, J. C., Pignatari, M., & Carretta, E. 2013, MNRAS, 433, 366 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dorman, B., & Rood, R. T. 1993, ApJ, 409, 387 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Drake, J. J., Ball, B., Eldridge, J. J., Ness, J.-U., & Stancliffe, R. J. 2011, AJ, 142, 144 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dray, L. M., Tout, C. A., Karakas, A. I., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2003, MNRAS, 338, 973 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Duquennoy, A., & Mayor, M. 1991, A&A, 248, 485 Google Scholar
Eggenberger, P., Haemmerlé, L., Meynet, G., & Maeder, A. 2012, A&A, 539, A70 Google Scholar
Eggleton, P. P., Dearborn, D. S. P., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2006, Science, 314, 1580 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eggleton, P. P., Dearborn, D. S. P., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2008, ApJ, 677, 581 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ekström, S., et al. 2012, A&A, 537, A146 Google Scholar
El Eid, M. F. 1994, A&A, 285, 915 Google Scholar
El Eid, M. F., & Champagne, A. E. 1995, ApJ, 451, 298 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eldridge, J. J., & Tout, C. A. 2004, MNRAS, 353, 87 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fagotto, F., Bressan, A., Bertelli, G., & Chiosi, C. 1994, A&AS, 104, 365 Google Scholar
Federman, S. R., Sheffer, Y., Lambert, D. L., & Smith, V. V. 2005, ApJ, 619, 884 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fenner, Y., Campbell, S., Karakas, A. I., Lattanzio, J. C., & Gibson, B. K. 2004, MNRAS, 353, 789 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fenner, Y., Gibson, B. K., Gallino, R., & Lugaro, M. 2006, ApJ, 646, 184 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fenner, Y., Gibson, B. K., Lee, H.-c., Karakas, A. I., Lattanzio, J. C., Chieffi, A., Limongi, M., & Yong, D. 2003, PASA, 20, 340 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ferguson, J. W., Alexander, D. R., Allard, F., Barman, T., Bodnarik, J. G., Hauschildt, P. H., Heffner-Wong, A., & Tamanai, A. 2005, ApJ, 623, 585 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ferraro, F. R., Mucciarelli, A., Carretta, E., & Origlia, L. 2006, ApJL, 645, L33 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fishlock, C. K., Karakas, A. I., & Stancliffe, R. J. 2014, MNRASGoogle Scholar
Fishlock, C. K., Karakas, A. I., Lugaro, M., & Yong, D. 2014, ApJ, submittedGoogle Scholar
Forestini, M., & Charbonnel, C. 1997, A&AS, 123, 241 Google Scholar
Forestini, M., Goriely, S., Jorissen, A., & Arnould, M. 1992, A&A, 261, 157 Google Scholar
Frebel, A. 2010, Astronomische Nachrichten, 331, 474 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Frebel, A., & Norris, J. E. 2013, Metal-Poor Stars and the Chemical Enrichment of the Universe, Vol. 55 (Dordrecht: Springer Science+Business Media)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Freeman, K., & Bland-Hawthorn, J. 2002, ARA&A, 40, 487 Google Scholar
Frischknecht, U., Hirschi, R., & Thielemann, F.-K. 2012, A&A, 538, L2 Google Scholar
Frogel, J. A., Mould, J., & Blanco, V. M. 1990, ApJ, 352, 96 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Frost, C. A., Cannon, R. C., Lattanzio, J. C., Wood, P. R., & Forestini, M. 1998a, A&A, 332, L17 Google Scholar
Frost, C., & Lattanzio, J. 1996a, ArXiv Astrophysics e-prints, astro-ph/9601017Google Scholar
Frost, C. A., & Lattanzio, J. C. 1996b, ApJ, 473, 383 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Frost, C. A., Lattanzio, J. C., & Wood, P. R. 1998b, ApJ, 500, 355 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fryer, C. L., Herwig, F., Hungerford, A., & Timmes, F. X. 2006, ApJL, 646, L131 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fujimoto, M. Y., Iben, I. Jr., & Hollowell, D. 1990, ApJ, 349, 580 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fujimoto, M. Y., Ikeda, Y., & Iben, I. Jr. 2000, ApJL, 529, L25 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fujiya, W., Hoppe, P., Zinner, E., Pignatari, M., & Herwig, F. 2013, ApJL, 776, L29 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fusi Pecci, F., Ferraro, F. R., Crocker, D. A., Rood, R. T., & Buonanno, R. 1990, A&A, 238, 95 Google Scholar
Gallet, F., & Bouvier, J. 2013, A&A, 556, A36 Google Scholar
Gallino, R., Arlandini, C., Busso, M., Lugaro, M., Travaglio, C., Straniero, O., Chieffi, A., & Limongi, M. 1998, ApJ, 497, 388 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gänsicke, B. T., Koester, D., Girven, J., Marsh, T. R., & Steeghs, D. 2010, Sci, 327, 188 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Garcia-Berro, E., & Iben, I. 1994, ApJ, 434, 306 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Garcia-Berro, E., Ritossa, C., & Iben, I. Jr. 1997, ApJ, 485, 765 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
García-Hernández, D. A., García-Lario, P., Plez, B., D’Antona, F., Manchado, A., & Trigo-Rodríguez, J. M. 2006, Sci, 314, 1751 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
García-Hernández, D. A., García-Lario, P., Plez, B., Manchado, A., D’Antona, F., Lub, J., & Habing, H. 2007, A&A, 462, 711 Google Scholar
García-Hernández, D. A., Zamora, O., Yagüe, A., Uttenthaler, S., Karakas, A. I., Lugaro, M., Ventura, P., & Lambert, D. L. 2013, A&A, 555, L3 Google Scholar
García-Hernández, D. A., et al. 2009, ApJL, 705, L31 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gavilán, M., Buell, J. F., & Mollá, M. 2005, A&A, 432, 861 Google Scholar
Gay, P. L., & Lambert, D. L. 2000, ApJ, 533, 260 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gibson, B. K. 1997, MNRAS, 290, 471 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gibson, B. K. 2007, Stellar Populations as Building Blocks of Galaxies, Proceedings of IAU Symposium #241, eds. Vazdekis, A., & Peletier, R. F.. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007, pp. 161164 Google Scholar
Gibson, B. K., Fenner, Y., & Kiessling, A. 2005, Nucl. Phys. A, 758, 259 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gil-Pons, P., Doherty, C. L., Lau, H., Campbell, S. W., Suda, T., Guilani, S., Gutiérrez, J., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2013, A&A, 557, A106 Google Scholar
Gil-Pons, P., & García-Berro, E. 2002, A&A, 396, 589 Google Scholar
Gil-Pons, P., Gutiérrez, J., & García-Berro, E. 2007, A&A, 464, 667 Google Scholar
Gil-Pons, P., Suda, T., Fujimoto, M. Y., & García-Berro, E. 2005, A&A, 433, 1037 Google Scholar
Gilroy, K. K. 1989, ApJ, 347, 835 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gilroy, K. K., & Brown, J. A. 1991, ApJ, 371, 578 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gingold, R. A. 1976, ApJ, 204, 116 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Girardi, L., Chiosi, C., Bertelli, G., & Bressan, A. 1995, A&A, 298, 87 Google Scholar
Girardi, L., Rubele, S., & Kerber, L. 2009, MNRAS, 394, L74 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gloeckler, G., & Geiss, J. 1996, Natur, 381, 210 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goriely, S. 1999, A&A, 342, 881 Google Scholar
Goriely, S., & Mowlavi, N. 2000, A&A, 362, 599 Google Scholar
Goriely, S., & Siess, L. 2001, A&A, 378, L25 Google Scholar
Goriely, S., & Siess, L. 2004, A&A, 421, L25 Google Scholar
Gratton, R. G., Carretta, E., & Bragaglia, A. 2012, ARA&A, 20, 50 Google Scholar
Gratton, R., Sneden, C., & Carretta, E. 2004, ARA&A, 42, 385 Google Scholar
Gratton, R. G., Sneden, C., Carretta, E., & Bragaglia, A. 2000, A&A, 354, 169 Google Scholar
Groenewegen, M. A. T. 2004, A&A, 425, 595 Google Scholar
Groenewegen, M. A. T. 2012, A&A, 540, A32 Google Scholar
Groenewegen, M. A. T., & de Jong, T. 1993, A&A, 267, 410 Google Scholar
Groenewegen, M. A. T., Sloan, G. C., Soszyński, I., & Petersen, E. A. 2009a, A&A, 506, 1277 Google Scholar
Groenewegen, M. A. T., Sloan, G. C., Soszyński, I., & Petersen, E. A. 2009b, A&A, 506, 1277 Google Scholar
Grossman, S. A., Narayan, R., & Arnett, D. 1993, ApJ, 407, 284 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Grossman, S. A., & Taam, R. E. 1996, MNRAS, 283, 1165 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Guandalini, R. 2010, A&A, 513, A4 Google Scholar
Guelin, M., Forestini, M., Valiron, P., Ziurys, L. M., Anderson, M. A., Cernicharo, J., & Kahane, C. 1995, A&A, 297, 183 Google Scholar
Guzman-Ramirez, L., Pineda, J. E., Zijlstra, A. A., Stancliffe, R., & Karakas, A. 2013, MNRAS, 432, 793 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Habing, H. J. 1996, A&AR, 7, 97 Google Scholar
Halabi, G. M., El Eid, M. F., & Champagne, A. 2012, ApJ, 761, 10 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hale, S. E., Champagne, A. E., Iliadis, C., Hansper, V. Y., Powell, D. C., & Blackmon, J. C. 2004, PhRvC, 70, 045802 Google Scholar
Hamdani, S., North, P., Mowlavi, N., Raboud, D., & Mermilliod, J.-C. 2000, A&A, 360 Google Scholar
Han, Z., Eggleton, P. P., Podsiadlowski, P., & Tout, C. A. 1995, MNRAS, 277 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hansen, C. J., Bergemann, M., Cescutti, G., François, P., Arcones, A., Karakas, A. I., Lind, K., & Chiappini, C. 2013, A&A, 551, A57 Google Scholar
Harris, M. J., Fowler, W. A., Caughlan, G. R., & Zimmerman, B. A. 1983, ARA&A, 21, 165 Google Scholar
Harris, M. J., & Lambert, D. L. 1984, ApJ, 285, 674 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Harris, M. J., Lambert, D. L., Hinkle, K. H., Gustafsson, B., & Eriksson, K. 1987, ApJ, 316, 294 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Harris, M. J., Lambert, D. L., & Smith, V. V. 1985a, ApJ, 292, 620 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Harris, M. J., Lambert, D. L., & Smith, V. V. 1985b, ApJ, 299, 375 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hedrosa, R. P., Abia, C., Busso, M., Cristallo, S., Domínguez, I., Palmerini, S., Plez, B., & Straniero, O. 2013, ApJL, 768, L11 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Heger, A., Langer, N., & Woosley, S. E. 2000, ApJ, 528, 368 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Heil, M., Käppeler, F., Uberseder, E., Gallino, R., & Pignatari, M. 2008, PhRvC, 77, 015808 Google Scholar
Henry, R. B. C. 1989, MNRAS, 241, 453 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Henry, R. B. C., Speck, A., Karakas, A. I., Ferland, G. J., & Maguire, M. 2012, ApJ, 749, 61 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herwig, F. 2000, A&A, 360, 952 Google Scholar
Herwig, F. 2001, Ap&SS, 275, 15 Google Scholar
Herwig, F. 2004a, ApJ, 605, 425 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herwig, F. 2004b, ApJS, 155, 651 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herwig, F. 2005, ARA&A, 43, 435 Google Scholar
Herwig, F., Blöcker, T., Langer, N., & Driebe, T. 1999, A&A, 349, L5 Google Scholar
Herwig, F., Bloecker, T., Schoenberner, D., & El Eid, M. 1997, A&A, 324, L81 Google Scholar
Herwig, F., Freytag, B., Hueckstaedt, R. M., & Timmes, F. X. 2006, ApJ, 642, 1057 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herwig, F., Langer, N., & Lugaro, M. 2003, ApJ, 593, 1056 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herwig, F., Pignatari, M., Woodward, P. R., Porter, D. H., Rockefeller, G., Fryer, C. L., Bennett, M., & Hirschi, R. 2011, ApJ, 727, 89 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herwig, F., VandenBerg, D. A., Navarro, J. F., Ferguson, J., & Paxton, B. 2012, ApJ, 757, 132 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herwig, F., Woodward, P. R., Lin, P.-H., Knox, M., & Fryer, C. 2013, ApJL, submittedGoogle Scholar
Hillebrandt, W., Nomoto, K., & Wolff, R. G. 1984, A&A, 133, 175 Google Scholar
Hirschi, R. 2007, A&A, 461, 571 Google Scholar
Hollowell, D., & Iben, I. Jr. 1988, ApJL, 333, L25 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hollowell, D., Iben, I. Jr., & Fujimoto, M. Y. 1990, ApJ, 351, 245 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iben, I. Jr. 1975, ApJ, 196, 549 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iben, I. Jr. 1981, in Astrophysics and Space Science Library, ed. Iben, I. Jr., & Renzini, A. (Vol. 88, Physical Processes in Red Giants), D. Reidel Publishing Co, Dordrecht, 3 Google Scholar
Iben, I. Jr. 1991, Evolution of Stars: The Photospheric Abundance Connection: Proceedings of the 145th Symposium of the International Astronomical Union, held in Zlatni Pjasaci (Golden Sands), Bulgaria, August 27–31, 1990, eds. Michaud, G., & Tutukov, A. V.. International Astronomical Union. Symposium no. 145, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1991, 257Google Scholar
Iben, I. Jr., Kaler, J. B., Truran, J. W., & Renzini, A. 1983, ApJ, 264, 605 Google Scholar
Iben, I. Jr. & Renzini, A. 1982a, ApJL, 263, L23 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iben, I. Jr. & Renzini, A. 1982b, ApJL, 259, L79 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iben, I. Jr., Ritossa, C., & Garcia-Berro, E. 1997, ApJ, 489, 772 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iliadis, C., D’Auria, J. M., Starrfield, S., Thompson, W. J., & Wiescher, M. 2001, ApJS, 134, 151 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iliadis, C., Longland, R., Champagne, A. E., Coc, A., & Fitzgerald, R. 2010, Nucl. Phys. A, 841, 31 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Imbriani, G., Limongi, M., Gialanella, L., Terrasi, F., Straniero, O., & Chieffi, A. 2001, ApJ, 558, 903 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iwamoto, N. 2009, PASA, 26, 145 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Iwamoto, N., Kajino, T., Mathews, G. J., Fujimoto, M. Y., & Aoki, W. 2004, ApJ, 602, 377 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Izzard, R. G. 2004, PhD thesis, University of CambridgeGoogle Scholar
Izzard, R. G., Dermine, T., & Church, R. P. 2010, A&A, 523, A10 Google Scholar
Izzard, R. G., Dray, L. M., Karakas, A. I., Lugaro, M., & Tout, C. A. 2006, A&A, 460, 565 Google Scholar
Izzard, R. G., Glebbeek, E., Stancliffe, R. J., & Pols, O. R. 2009, A&A, 508, 1359 Google Scholar
Izzard, R. G., Lugaro, M., Karakas, A. I., Iliadis, C., & van Raai, M. 2007, A&A, 466, 641 Google Scholar
Izzard, R. G., Tout, C. A., Karakas, A. I., & Pols, O. R. 2004, MNRAS, 350, 407 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jacobson, H. R., Friel, E. D., & Pilachowski, C. A. 2007, AJ, 134, 1216 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jadhav, M., Pignatari, M., Herwig, F., Zinner, E., Gallino, R., & Huss, G. R. 2013, ApJL, 777, L27 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jahn, D., Rauch, T., Reiff, E., Werner, K., Kruk, J. W., & Herwig, F. 2007, A&A, 462, 281 Google Scholar
Jeffries, R. D., Naylor, T., Mayne, N. J., Bell, C. P. M., & Littlefair, S. P. 2013, MNRAS, 434, 2438 Google Scholar
Johnson, C. I., Pilachowski, C. A., Simmerer, J., & Schwenk, D. 2008, ApJ, 681, 1505 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jones, S., et al. 2013, ApJ, 772, 150 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jonsell, K., Barklem, P. S., Gustafsson, B., Christlieb, N., Hill, V., Beers, T. C., & Holmberg, J. 2006, A&A, 451, 651 Google Scholar
Jorissen, A., Smith, V. V., & Lambert, D. L. 1992, A&A, 261, 164 Google Scholar
Jose, J., & Hernanz, M. 1998, ApJ, 494, 680 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Justtanont, K., Teyssier, D., Barlow, M. J., Matsuura, M., Swinyard, B., Waters, L. B. F. M., & Yates, J. 2013, A&A, 556, A101 Google Scholar
Kahane, C., Dufour, E., Busso, M., Gallino, R., Lugaro, M., Forestini, M., & Straniero, O. 2000, A&A, 357, 669 Google Scholar
Kaler, J. B. 1978, ApJ, 225, 527 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kalirai, J. S., Marigo, P., & Tremblay, P.-E. 2014, ApJ, 782, 17 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kamath, D., Karakas, A. I., & Wood, P. R. 2012, ApJ, 746, 20 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kamath, D., Wood, P. R., Soszyński, I., & Lebzelter, T. 2010, MNRAS, 408, 522 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Käppeler, F., Gallino, R., Bisterzo, S., & Aoki, W. 2011, RvMP, 83, 157 Google Scholar
Karakas, A. I. 2003, PhD thesis, Monash UniversityGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I. 2010, MNRAS, 403, 1413 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Campbell, S. W., & Stancliffe, R. J. 2010, ApJ, 713, 374 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Fenner, Y., Sills, A., Campbell, S. W., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2006a, ApJ, 652, 1240 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., García-Hernández, D. A., & Lugaro, M. 2012, ApJ, 751, 8 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2003a, PASA, 20, 393 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2003b, PASA, 20, 279 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2007, PASA, 24, 103 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Lattanzio, J. C., & Pols, O. R. 2002, PASA, 19, 515 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Lee, H. Y., Lugaro, M., Görres, J., & Wiescher, M. 2008, ApJ, 676, 1254 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., & Lugaro, M. 2010, PASA, 27, 227 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Lugaro, M., & Gallino, R. 2007, ApJL, 656, L73 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Lugaro, M., Wiescher, M., Goerres, J., & Ugalde, C. 2006b, ApJ, 643, 471 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Marino, A. F., & Nataf, D. M. 2014, ApJ, 784, 32 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., Tout, C. A., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2000, MNRAS, 316, 689 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Karakas, A. I., van Raai, M. A., Lugaro, M., Sterling, N. C., & Dinerstein, H. L. 2009, ApJ, 690, 1130 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kawaler, S. D. 1988, ApJ, 333, 236 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keller, S. C., et al. 2007, PASA, 24, 1 Google Scholar
Kingsburgh, R. L., & Barlow, M. J. 1994, MNRAS, 271, 257 Google Scholar
Kippenhahn, R., Ruschenplatt, G., & Thomas, H. 1980, A&A, 91, 175 Google Scholar
Kippenhahn, R., & Weigert, A. 1990, Stellar Structure and Evolution (Berlin: Springer-Verlag)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kobayashi, C., Izutani, N., Karakas, A. I., Yoshida, T., Yong, D., & Umeda, H. 2011a, ApJL, 739, L57 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kobayashi, C., Karakas, A. I., & Umeda, H. 2011b, MNRAS, 414, 3231 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kobayashi, C., Umeda, H., Nomoto, K., Tominaga, N., & Ohkubo, T. 2006, ApJ, 653, 1145 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Korobkin, O., Rosswog, S., Arcones, A., & Winteler, C. 2012, MNRAS, 426, 1940 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kudritzki, R. P., & Reimers, D. 1978, A&A, 70, 227 Google Scholar
Kumar, Y. B., Reddy, B. E., & Lambert, D. L. 2011, ApJL, 730, L12 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lagadec, E., & Zijlstra, A. A. 2008, MNRAS, 390, L59 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lagadec, E., Zijlstra, A. A., Mauron, N., Fuller, G., Josselin, E., Sloan, G. C., & Riggs, A. J. E. 2010, MNRAS, 403, 1331 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lagadec, E., et al. 2009, MNRAS, 396, 598 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lagarde, N., Charbonnel, C., Decressin, T., & Hagelberg, J. 2011, A&A, 536, A28 Google Scholar
Lagarde, N., Romano, D., Charbonnel, C., Tosi, M., Chiappini, C., & Matteucci, F. 2012, A&A, 542, A62 Google Scholar
Lambert, D. L., Gustafsson, B., Eriksson, K., & Hinkle, K. H. 1986, ApJS, 62, 373 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lambert, D. L., Smith, V. V., Busso, M., Gallino, R., & Straniero, O. 1995, ApJ, 450, 302 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Langer, N. 2012, ARA&A, 50, 107 Google Scholar
Langer, G. E., & Hoffman, R. D. 1995, PASP, 107, 1177 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lattanzio, J. C. 1986, ApJ, 311, 708 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lattanzio, J. C. 1989, ApJL, 344, L25 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lattanzio, J. C. 1991, ApJS, 76, 215 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lattanzio, J. C. 1992, PASA, 10, 120 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lattanzio, J., Frost, C., Cannon, R., & Wood, P. R. 1996, MmSAI, 67, 729 Google Scholar
Lattanzio, J. C., & Lugaro, M. A. 2005, Nucl. Phys. A, 758, 477 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lattanzio, J. C., Vallenari, A., Bertelli, G., & Chiosi, C. 1991, A&A, 250, 340 Google Scholar
Lau, H. H. B., Gil-Pons, P., Doherty, C., & Lattanzio, J. 2012, A&A, 542, A1 Google Scholar
Lau, H. H. B., Stancliffe, R. J., & Tout, C. A. 2009, MNRAS, 396, 1046 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lebzelter, T., & Hron, J. 2003, A&A, 411, 533 Google Scholar
Lebzelter, T., Lederer, M. T., Cristallo, S., Hinkle, K. H., Straniero, O., & Aringer, B. 2008, A&A, 486, 511 Google Scholar
Lebzelter, T., & Wood, P. R. 2007, A&A, 475, 643 Google Scholar
Lederer, M. T., & Aringer, B. 2009, A&A, 494, 403 Google Scholar
Lederer, M. T., Lebzelter, T., Cristallo, S., Straniero, O., Hinkle, K. H., & Aringer, B. 2009, A&A, 502, 913 Google Scholar
Leisy, P., & Dennefeld, M. 2006, A&A, 456, 451 Google Scholar
Lewis, K. M., Lugaro, M., Gibson, B. K., & Pilkington, K. 2013, ApJL, 768, L19 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lind, K., Primas, F., Charbonnel, C., Grundahl, F., & Asplund, M. 2009, A&A, 503, 545 Google Scholar
Little-Marenin, I. R., & Little, S. J. 1979, AJ, 84, 1374 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lodders, K., & Amari, S. 2005, Chemie der Erde: Geochemistry, 65, 93 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lombaert, R., et al. 2013, A&A, 554, A142 Google Scholar
Longland, R., Iliadis, C., & Karakas, A. I. 2012, PhRvC, 85, 065809 Google Scholar
Lucatello, S., Gratton, R. G., Beers, T. C., & Carretta, E. 2005, ApJ, 625, 833 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lucatello, S., Masseron, T., Johnson, J. A., Pignatari, M., & Herwig, F. 2011, ApJ, 729, 40 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Luck, R. E., & Bond, H. E. 1991, ApJS, 77, 515 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lugaro, M., Campbell, S. W., & de Mink, S. E. 2009, PASA, 26, 322 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lugaro, M., Davis, A. M., Gallino, R., Pellin, M. J., Straniero, O., & Käppeler, F. 2003, ApJ, 593, 486 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lugaro, M., Karakas, A. I., Stancliffe, R. J., & Rijs, C. 2012, ApJ, 747, 2 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lugaro, M., Ugalde, C., Karakas, A. I., Görres, J., Wiescher, M., Lattanzio, J. C., & Cannon, R. C. 2004, ApJ, 615, 934 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lugaro, M., Zinner, E., Gallino, R., & Amari, S. 1999, ApJ, 527, 369 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Maceroni, C., Testa, V., Plez, B., García Lario, P., & D’Antona, F. 2002, A&A, 395, 179 Google Scholar
Mackey, A. D., Broby Nielsen, P., Ferguson, A. M. N., & Richardson, J. C. 2008, ApJL, 681, L17 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Maeder, A., & Meynet, G. 2010, NewAR, 54, 32 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Maeder, A., Meynet, G., Lagarde, N., & Charbonnel, C. 2013, A&A, 553, A1 Google Scholar
Maeder, A., & Zahn, J.-P. 1998, A&A, 334, 1000 Google Scholar
Manchado, A. 2003, in IAU Symp., Planetary Nebulae: Their Evolution and Role in the Universe, Vol. 209, ed. Kwok, S., Dopita, M., & Sutherland, R., Astronomical Society of the Pacific, San Francisco, CA, 431 Google Scholar
Maraston, C. 2005, MNRAS, 362, 799 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Maraston, C., Daddi, E., Renzini, A., Cimatti, A., Dickinson, M., Papovich, C., Pasquali, A., & Pirzkal, N. 2006, ApJ, 652, 85 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Marigo, P. 2001, A&A, 370, 194 Google Scholar
Marigo, P. 2002, A&A, 387, 507 Google Scholar
Marigo, P., & Aringer, B. 2009, A&A, 508, 1539 Google Scholar
Marigo, P., Bressan, A., & Chiosi, C. 1996, A&A, 313, 545 Google Scholar
Marigo, P., Bressan, A., Nanni, A., Girardi, L., & Pumo, M. L. 2013, MNRAS, 434, 488–526 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Marigo, P., & Girardi, L. 2007, A&A, 469, 239 Google Scholar
Marigo, P., Girardi, L., & Bressan, A. 1999, A&A, 344, 123 Google Scholar
Marigo, P., Girardi, L., Chiosi, C., & Wood, P. R. 2001, A&A, 371, 152 Google Scholar
Martell, S. L., Smith, G. H., & Briley, M. M. 2008, AJ, 136, 2522 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Masseron, T., Johnson, J. A., Plez, B., van Eck, S., Primas, F., Goriely, S., & Jorissen, A. 2010, A&A, 509, A93 Google Scholar
Mathis, S. 2013, in Lecture Notes in Physics, ed. Goupil, M., Belkacem, K., Neiner, C., Lignières, F., & Green, J. J. (Berlin: Springer Verlag), 23 Google Scholar
Matteucci, F., & Francois, P. 1989, MNRAS, 239, 885 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Matteucci, F., & Greggio, L. 1986, A&A, 154, 279 Google Scholar
Mattsson, L., Wahlin, R., & Höfner, S. 2010, A&A, 509, A14 Google Scholar
Mattsson, L., Wahlin, R., Höfner, S., & Eriksson, K. 2008, A&A, 484, L5 Google Scholar
Mayer, M. G. 1950, PhRv, 78, 16 Google Scholar
Mazzitelli, I., D’Antona, F., & Ventura, P. 1999, A&A, 348, 846 Google Scholar
McClure, R. D. 1983, ApJ, 268, 264 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
McClure, R. D. 1997a, PASP, 109, 536 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
McClure, R. D. 1997b, PASP, 109, 256 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
McClure, R. D., & Woodsworth, A. W. 1990, ApJ, 352, 709 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
McSaveney, J. A., Wood, P. R., Scholz, M., Lattanzio, J. C., & Hinkle, K. H. 2007, MNRAS, 378, 10891100 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meakin, C. A., & Arnett, D. 2007, ApJ, 667, 448 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meixner, M., Campbell, M. T., Welch, W. J., & Likkel, L. 1998, ApJ, 509, 392 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Melbourne, J., et al. 2012, ApJ, 748, 47 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Merrill, S. P. W. 1952, ApJ, 116, 21 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mestel, L. 1953, MNRAS, 113, 716 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meyer, B. S. 1994, ARA&A, 32, 153 Google Scholar
Meynet, G., & Arnould, M. 2000, A&A, 355, 176 Google Scholar
Miglio, A., et al. 2012, MNRAS, 419, 2077 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mikolaitis, Š., Tautvaišienė, G., Gratton, R., Bragaglia, A., & Carretta, E. 2010, MNRAS, 407, 1866 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milam, S. N., Woolf, N. J., & Ziurys, L. M. 2009, ApJ, 690, 837 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miller Bertolami, M. M., & Althaus, L. G. 2006, A&A, 454, 845 Google Scholar
Milone, A. P., Bedin, L. R., Piotto, G., & Anderson, J. 2009, A&A, 497, 755 Google Scholar
Milone, A. P., Marino, A. F., Piotto, G., Bedin, L. R., Anderson, J., Aparicio, A., Cassisi, S., & Rich, R. M. 2012a, ApJ, 745, 27 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milone, A. P., Piotto, G., Bedin, L. R., Cassisi, S., Anderson, J., Marino, A. F., Pietrinferni, A., & Aparicio, A. 2012b, A&A, 537, A77 Google Scholar
Milone, A. P., et al. 2012c, ApJ, 744, 58 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mirouh, G. M., Garaud, P., Stellmach, S., Traxler, A. L., & Wood, T. S. 2012, ApJ, 750, 61 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mishenina, T. V., Bienaymé, O., Gorbaneva, T. I., Charbonnel, C., Soubiran, C., Korotin, S. A., & Kovtyukh, V. V. 2006, A&A, 456, 1109 Google Scholar
Miszalski, B., Boffin, H. M. J., Frew, D. J., Acker, A., Köppen, J., Moffat, A. F. J., & Parker, Q. A. 2012, MNRAS, 419, 39 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miszalski, B., et al. 2013, MNRASGoogle Scholar
Miyaji, S., Nomoto, K., Yokoi, K., & Sugimoto, D. 1980, PASJ, 32, 303 Google Scholar
Mocák, M., Campbell, S. W., Müller, E., & Kifonidis, K. 2010, A&A, 520, A114 Google Scholar
Mocák, M., Müller, E., Weiss, A., & Kifonidis, K. 2008, A&A, 490, 265 Google Scholar
Mocák, M., Müller, E., Weiss, A., & Kifonidis, K. 2009, A&A, 501, 659 Google Scholar
Mocák, M., Siess, L., & Müller, E. 2011, A&A, 533, A53 Google Scholar
Monaco, L., et al. 2011, A&A, 529, A90 Google Scholar
Mouhcine, M., & Lançon, A. 2002, A&A, 393, 149 Google Scholar
Mowlavi, N. 1999a, A&A, 344, 617 Google Scholar
Mowlavi, N. 1999b, A&A, 350, 73 Google Scholar
Mowlavi, N., Jorissen, A., & Arnould, M. 1996, A&A, 311, 803 Google Scholar
Mowlavi, N., Jorissen, A., & Arnould, M. 1998, A&A, 334, 153 Google Scholar
Mucciarelli, A., Carretta, E., Origlia, L., & Ferraro, F. R. 2008, AJ, 136, 375 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mucciarelli, A., Origlia, L., Ferraro, F. R., Maraston, C., & Testa, V. 2006, ApJ, 646, 939 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nataf, D. M., Gould, A. P., Pinsonneault, M. H., & Udalski, A. 2013, ApJ, 766, 77 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nollett, K. M., Busso, M., & Wasserburg, G. J. 2003, ApJ, 582, 1036 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nomoto, K. 1984, ApJ, 277, 791 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nomoto, K., Kobayashi, C., & Tominaga, N. 2013, ARA&A, 51, 457 Google Scholar
Nordhaus, J., Busso, M., Wasserburg, G. J., Blackman, E. G., & Palmerini, S. 2008, ApJL, 684, L29 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Norris, J. E. 2004, ApJL, 612, L25 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Norris, J. E., & Da Costa, G. S. 1995, ApJ, 447, 680 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Olofsson, H., Maercker, M., Eriksson, K., Gustafsson, B., & Schöier, F. 2010, A&A, 515, A27 Google Scholar
Olson, B. I., & Richter, H. B. 1979, ApJ, 227, 534 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Origlia, L., Valenti, E., & Rich, R. M. 2008, MNRAS, 388, 1419 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Otsuka, M., Izumiura, H., Tajitsu, A., & Hyung, S. 2008, ApJL, 682, L105 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Paczyński, B. 1970, AcA, 20, 47 Google Scholar
Palacios, A., Charbonnel, C., & Forestini, M. 2001, A&A, 375, L9 Google Scholar
Palacios, A., Charbonnel, C., Talon, S., & Siess, L. 2006, A&A, 453, 261 Google Scholar
Palacios, A., Talon, S., Charbonnel, C., & Forestini, M. 2003, A&A, 399, 603 Google Scholar
Paladini, C., Sacuto, S., Klotz, D., Ohnaka, K., Wittkowski, M., Nowotny, W., Jorissen, A., & Hron, J. 2012, A&A, 544, L5 Google Scholar
Palla, F., Bachiller, R., Stanghellini, L., Tosi, M., & Galli, D. 2000, A&A, 355, 69 Google Scholar
Palla, F., Galli, D., Marconi, A., Stanghellini, L., & Tosi, M. 2002, ApJL, 568, L57 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Palmerini, S., Busso, M., Maiorca, E., & Guandalini, R. 2009, PASA, 26, 161 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Palmerini, S., La Cognata, M., Cristallo, S., & Busso, M. 2011, ApJ, 729, 3 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pandey, G. 2006, ApJL, 648, L143 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Peña, M., Rechy-García, J. S., & García-Rojas, J. 2013, RMxAA, 49, 87 Google Scholar
Peimbert, M. 1978, in IAU Symp., Planetary Nebulae, Vol. 76, ed. Terzian, Y., 215CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Peimbert, M. 1990, RPPh, 53, 1559 Google Scholar
Peimbert, M., & Torres-Peimbert, S. 1987, RMxAA, 14, 540 Google Scholar
Pereira, C. B., Gallino, R., & Bisterzo, S. 2012, A&A, 538, A48 Google Scholar
Petrovic, J., Pols, O., & Langer, N. 2006, A&A, 450, 219 Google Scholar
Picardi, I., Chieffi, A., Limongi, M., Pisanti, O., Miele, G., Mangano, G., & Imbriani, G. 2004, ApJ, 609, 1035 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Piersanti, L., Cristallo, S., & Straniero, O. 2013, ApJ, 774, 98 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pignatari, M., Gallino, R., Heil, M., Wiescher, M., Käppeler, F., Herwig, F., & Bisterzo, S. 2010, ApJ, 710, 1557 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pignatari, M., et al. 2013, ApJS, submittedGoogle Scholar
Pilachowski, C. A., Sneden, C., & Booth, J. 1993, ApJ, 407, 699 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pilachowski, C. A., Sneden, C., Kraft, R. P., & Langer, G. E. 1996, AJ, 112, 545 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Piotto, G., et al. 2005, ApJ, 621, 777 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Piotto, G., et al. 2012, ApJ, 760, 39 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Plez, B., Smith, V. V., & Lambert, D. L. 1993, ApJ, 418, 812 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Poelarends, A. J. T., Herwig, F., Langer, N., & Heger, A. 2008, ApJ, 675, 614 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pols, O. R., Izzard, R. G., Stancliffe, R. J., & Glebbeek, E. 2012, A&A, 547, A76 Google Scholar
Prantzos, N. 2012, A&A, 542, A67 Google Scholar
Prantzos, N., Charbonnel, C., & Iliadis, C. 2007, A&A, 470, 179 Google Scholar
Pumo, M. L., D’Antona, F., & Ventura, P. 2008, ApJL, 672, L25 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Raiteri, C. M., Villata, M., Gallino, R., Busso, M., & Cravanzola, A. 1999, ApJL, 518, L91 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Recio-Blanco, A., de Laverny, P., Worley, C., Santos, N. C., Melo, C., & Israelian, G. 2012, A&A, 538, A117 Google Scholar
Reimers, D. 1975, in Problems in Stellar Atmospheres and Envelopes, ed. Baschek, B., Kegel, W. H., & Traving, G. (Berlin Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag), 229 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Renda, A., et al. 2004, MNRAS, 354, 575 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Renzini, A., & Fusi Pecci, F. 1988, ARA&A, 26, 199 Google Scholar
Renzini, A., & Voli, M. 1981, A&A, 94, 175 Google Scholar
Reyniers, M., Abia, C., van Winckel, H., Lloyd Evans, T., Decin, L., Eriksson, K., & Pollard, K. R. 2007, A&A, 461, 641 Google Scholar
Riebel, D., Srinivasan, S., Sargent, B., & Meixner, M. 2012, ApJ, 753, 71 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Riello, M., et al. 2003, A&A, 410, 553 Google Scholar
Ritossa, C., Garcia-Berro, E., & Iben, I. Jr. 1996, ApJ, 460, 489 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ritossa, C., García-Berro, E., & Iben, I. Jr. 1999, ApJ, 515, 381 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rolfs, C. E., & Rodney, W. S. 1988, Cauldrons in the Cosmos: Nuclear Astrophysics (Chicago: University of Chicago Press)Google Scholar
Romano, D., Karakas, A. I., Tosi, M., & Matteucci, F. 2010, A&A, 522, A32 Google Scholar
Romano, D., & Matteucci, F. 2003, MNRAS, 342, 185 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Romano, D., Matteucci, F., Ventura, P., & D’Antona, F. 2001, A&A, 374, 646 Google Scholar
Rosenblum, E., Garaud, P., Traxler, A., & Stellmach, S. 2011, ApJ, 731, 66 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rubin, R. H., Ferland, G. J., Chollet, E. E., & Horstmeyer, R. 2004, ApJ, 605, 784 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sackmann, I.-J., & Boothroyd, A. I. 1999, ApJ, 510, 217 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sánchez-Blázquez, P., Marcolini, A., Gibson, B. K., Karakas, A. I., Pilkington, K., & Calura, F. 2012, MNRAS, 419, 1376 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Santrich, O. J. K., Pereira, C. B., & Drake, N. A. 2013, A&A, 554, A2 Google Scholar
Scalo, J. M., Despain, K. H., & Ulrich, R. K. 1975, ApJ, 196, 805 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schlattl, H., Cassisi, S., Salaris, M., & Weiss, A. 2001, ApJ, 559, 1082 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schlattl, H., Salaris, M., Cassisi, S., & Weiss, A. 2002, A&A, 395, 77 Google Scholar
Schröder, K.-P., & Cuntz, M. 2005, ApJL, 630, L73 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schröder, K.-P., & Cuntz, M. 2007, A&A, 465, 593 Google Scholar
Schuler, S. C., Cunha, K., Smith, V. V., Sivarani, T., Beers, T. C., & Lee, Y. S. 2007, ApJL, 667, L81 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schuler, S. C., King, J. R., & The, L.-S. 2009, ApJ, 701, 837 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Seitenzahl, I. R., Röpke, F. K., Fink, M., & Pakmor, R. 2010, MNRAS, 407, 2297 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sergi, M. L., et al. 2010, PhRvC, 82, 032801 Google Scholar
Serminato, A., Gallino, R., Travaglio, C., Bisterzo, S., & Straniero, O. 2009, PASA, 26, 153 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shaw, R. A., Stanghellini, L., Villaver, E., & Mutchler, M. 2006, ApJS, 167, 201 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shetrone, M. D. 1996a, AJ, 112, 1517 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shetrone, M. D. 1996b, AJ, 112, 2639 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shingles, L. J., & Karakas, A. I. 2013, MNRAS, 431, 2861 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Siess, L. 2007, A&A, 476, 893 Google Scholar
Siess, L. 2010, A&A, 512, A10 Google Scholar
Siess, L., & Livio, M. 1999a, MNRAS, 304, 925 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Siess, L., & Livio, M. 1999b, MNRAS, 308, 1133 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Siess, L., Livio, M., & Lattanzio, J. 2002, ApJ, 570, 329 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Simmerer, J., Sneden, C., Cowan, J. J., Collier, J., Woolf, V. M., & Lawler, J. E. 2004, ApJ, 617, 1091 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sivarani, T., et al. 2006, A&A, 459, 125 Google Scholar
Sloan, G. C., Kraemer, K. E., Wood, P. R., Zijlstra, A. A., Bernard-Salas, J., Devost, D., & Houck, J. R. 2008, ApJ, 686, 1056 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sloan, G. C., Matsuura, M., Zijlstra, A. A., Lagadec, E., Groenewegen, M. A. T., Wood, P. R., Szyszka, C., Bernard-Salas, J., & van Loon, J. T. 2009, Science, 323, 353 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sloan, G. C., et al. 2012, ApJ, 752, 140 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smiljanic, R. 2012, MNRAS, 422, 1562 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smiljanic, R., Gauderon, R., North, P., Barbuy, B., Charbonnel, C., & Mowlavi, N. 2009, A&A, 502, 267 Google Scholar
Smith, V. V., & Lambert, D. L. 1986, ApJ, 311, 843 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, V. V., & Lambert, D. L. 1988, ApJ, 333, 219 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, V. V., & Lambert, D. L. 1989, ApJL, 345, L75 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, V. V., & Lambert, D. L. 1990a, ApJL, 361, L69 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, V. V., & Lambert, D. L. 1990b, ApJS, 72, 387 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, V. V., Lambert, D. L., & McWilliam, A. 1987, ApJ, 320, 862 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, G. H., & Martell, S. L. 2003, PASP, 115, 1211 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, G. H., & Tout, C. A. 1992, MNRAS, 256, 449 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sneden, C., Cowan, J. J., & Gallino, R. 2008, ARA&A, 46, 241 Google Scholar
Spiegel, E. A. 1972, ARA&A, 10, 261 Google Scholar
Stancliffe, R. J. 2010, MNRAS, 403, 505 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stancliffe, R. J., Church, R. P., Angelou, G. C., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2009, MNRAS, 396, 2313 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stancliffe, R. J., Dearborn, D. S. P., Lattanzio, J. C., Heap, S. A., & Campbell, S. W. 2011, ApJ, 742, 121 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stancliffe, R. J., & Glebbeek, E. 2008, MNRAS, 389, 1828 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stancliffe, R. J., Izzard, R. G., & Tout, C. A. 2005, MNRAS, 356, L1 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stancliffe, R. J., & Jeffery, C. S. 2007, MNRAS, 375, 1280 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stanghellini, L., Guerrero, M. A., Cunha, K., Manchado, A., & Villaver, E. 2006, ApJ, 651, 898 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stanghellini, L., & Haywood, M. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1096 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stanghellini, L., Shaw, R. A., Balick, B., & Blades, J. C. 2000, ApJL, 534, L167 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stasińska, G., Peña, M., Bresolin, F., & Tsamis, Y. G. 2013, A&A, 552, A12 Google Scholar
Stasińska, G., Richer, M. G., & McCall, M. L. 1998, A&A, 336, 667 Google Scholar
Sterling, N. C., & Dinerstein, H. L. 2008, ApJS, 174, 158 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Straniero, O., Chieffi, A., Limongi, M., Busso, M., Gallino, R., & Arlandini, C. 1997, ApJ, 478, 332 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Straniero, O., Cristallo, S., & Piersanti, L. 2014, ApJ, 785, 77 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Straniero, O., Domínguez, I., Cristallo, R., & Gallino, R. 2003a, PASA, 20, 389 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Straniero, O., Domínguez, I., Imbriani, G., & Piersanti, L. 2003b, ApJ, 583, 878 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Straniero, O., Gallino, R., Busso, M., Chiefei, A., Raiteri, C. M., Limongi, M., & Salaris, M. 1995, ApJ, 440, L85 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Straniero, O., et al. 2013, ApJ, 763, 100 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Suda, T., Aikawa, M., Machida, M. N., Fujimoto, M. Y., & Iben, I. Jr. 2004, ApJ, 611, 476 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Suda, T., & Fujimoto, M. Y. 2010, MNRAS, 405, 177 Google Scholar
Suda, T., Fujimoto, M. Y., & Itoh, N. 2007, ApJ, 667, 1206 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Suda, T., Yamada, S., Katsuta, Y., Komiya, Y., Ishizuka, C., Aoki, W., & Fujimoto, M. Y. 2011, MNRAS, 412, 843 Google Scholar
Suda, T., et al. 2008, PASJ, 60, 1159 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Suijs, M. P. L., Langer, N., Poelarends, A., Yoon, S., Heger, A., & Herwig, F. 2008, A&A, 481, L87 Google Scholar
Surman, R., McLaughlin, G. C., Ruffert, M., Janka, H.-T., & Hix, W. R. 2008, ApJL, 679, L117 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sweigart, A. V. 1978, in IAU Symp., The HR Diagram—The 100th Anniversary of Henry Norris Russell, Vol. 80, ed. Philip, A. G. D., & Hayes, D. S., D. Reidel Publishing Co, Dordrecht, 333 Google Scholar
Sweigart, A. V. 1997, ApJL, 474, L23 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sweigart, A. V., & Demarque, P. 1973, in IAU Colloq. 21, Astrophysics and Space Science Library, Variable Stars in Globular Clusters and in Related Systems, Vol. 36, ed. Fernie, J. D., D. Reidel Publishing Co, Dordrecht, 221 Google Scholar
Sweigart, A. V., & Mengel, J. G. 1979, ApJ, 229, 624 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taam, R. E., & Ricker, P. M. 2010, NewAR, 54, 65 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tassoul, J.-L. 2007, Stellar Rotation (Cambridge University Press)Google Scholar
Tassoul, M., & Tassoul, J.-L. 1995, ApJ, 440, 789 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tautvaišienė, G., Barisevičius, G., Chorniy, Y., Ilyin, I., & Puzeras, E. 2013, MNRAS, 430, 621 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
The, L.-S., El Eid, M. F., & Meyer, B. S. 2000, ApJ, 533, 998 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
The, L.-S., El Eid, M. F., & Meyer, B. S. 2007, ApJ, 655, 1058 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thielemann, F.-K., et al. 2011, PrPNP, 66, 346 Google Scholar
Timmes, F. X., Woosley, S. E., & Weaver, T. A. 1995, ApJS, 98, 617 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tinsley, B. M. 1980, FCPh, 5, 287 Google Scholar
Tonini, C., Maraston, C., Devriendt, J., Thomas, D., & Silk, J. 2009, MNRAS, 396, L36 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Travaglio, C., Galli, D., Gallino, R., Busso, M., Ferrini, F., & Straniero, O. 1999, ApJ, 521, 691 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Travaglio, C., Gallino, R., Arnone, E., Cowan, J., Jordan, F., & Sneden, C. 2004, ApJ, 601, 864 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Travaglio, C., Gallino, R., Busso, M., & Gratton, R. 2001a, ApJ, 549, 346 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Travaglio, C., Randich, S., Galli, D., Lattanzio, J., Elliott, L. M., Forestini, M., & Ferrini, F. 2001b, ApJ, 559, 909 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traxler, A., Garaud, P., & Stellmach, S. 2011, ApJL, 728, L29 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Truran, J. W., & Iben, I. Jr. 1977, ApJ, 216, 797 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ulrich, R. K. 1972, ApJ, 172, 165 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Uttenthaler, S. 2013, A&A, 556, A38 Google Scholar
Valenti, E., Origlia, L., & Rich, R. M. 2011, MNRAS, 414, 2690 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Valle, G., Dell’Omodarme, M., Prada Moroni, P. G., & Degl’Innocenti, S. 2013, A&A, 549, A50 Google Scholar
van Aarle, E., Van Winckel, H., De Smedt, K., Kamath, D., & Wood, P. R. 2013, A&A, 554, A106 Google Scholar
van den Hoek, L. B., & Groenewegen, M. A. T. 1997, A&AS, 123, 305 Google Scholar
Van Eck, S., Goriely, S., Jorissen, A., & Plez, B. 2001, Natur, 412, 793 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Van Eck, S., Goriely, S., Jorissen, A., & Plez, B. 2003, A&A, 404, 291 Google Scholar
Van Eck, S., & Jorissen, A. 1999, A&A, 345, 127 Google Scholar
van Loon, J. T., Cioni, M.-R. L., Zijlstra, A. A., & Loup, C. 2005, A&A, 438, 273 Google Scholar
van Loon, J. T., Groenewegen, M. A. T., de Koter, A., Trams, N. R., Waters, L. B. F. M., Zijlstra, A. A., Whitelock, P. A., & Loup, C. 1999a, A&A, 351, 559 Google Scholar
van Loon, J. T., Zijlstra, A. A., & Groenewegen, M. A. T. 1999b, A&A, 346, 805 Google Scholar
van Raai, M. A., Lugaro, M., Karakas, A. I., Garcia-Hernandez, D. A., & Yong, D. 2012, A&A, 540, id.A44CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vanture, A. D., Smith, V. V., Lutz, J., Wallerstein, G., Lambert, D., & Gonzalez, G. 2007, PASP, 119, 147 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vanture, A. D., Wallerstein, G., Brown, J. A., & Bazan, G. 1991, ApJ, 381, 278 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Van Winckel, H., & Reyniers, M. 2000, A&A, 354, 135 Google Scholar
Vassiliadis, E., & Wood, P. R. 1993, ApJ, 413, 641 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vassiliadis, E., et al. 1996, ApJS, 105, 375 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., Carini, R., & D’Antona, F. 2011, MNRAS, 415, 3865 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., Criscienzo, M. D., D’Antona, F., Vesperini, E., Tailo, M., Dell’Agli, F., & D’Ercole, A. 2014, MNRAS, 437, 3274 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., & D’Antona, F. 2005a, A&A, 431, 279 Google Scholar
Ventura, P., & D’Antona, F. 2005b, A&A, 439, 1075 Google Scholar
Ventura, P., & D’Antona, F. 2008, A&A, 479, 805 Google Scholar
Ventura, P., & D’Antona, F. 2009, A&A, 499, 835 Google Scholar
Ventura, P., & D’Antona, F. 2010, MNRAS, 402, L72 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., & D’Antona, F. 2011, MNRAS, 410, 2760 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., D’Antona, F., Di Criscienzo, M., Carini, R., D’Ercole, A., & vesperini, E. 2012, ApJL, 761, L30 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., D’Antona, F., & Mazzitelli, I. 2000, A&A, 363, 605 Google Scholar
Ventura, P., D’Antona, F., & Mazzitelli, I. 2002, A&A, 393, 215 Google Scholar
Ventura, P., D’Antona, F., Mazzitelli, I., & Gratton, R. 2001, ApJL, 550, L65 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., Di Criscienzo, M., Carini, R., & D’Antona, F. 2013, MNRAS, 431, 3642 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., & Marigo, P. 2009, MNRAS, 399, L54 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., & Marigo, P. 2010, MNRAS, 408, 2476 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ventura, P., Zeppieri, A., Mazzitelli, I., & D’Antona, F. 1998, A&A, 334, 953 Google Scholar
Viallet, M., Meakin, C., Arnett, D., & Mocak, M. 2013, ApJ, 769, 1 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vlemmings, W. H. T., et al. 2013, A&A, 556, L1 Google Scholar
Wachlin, F. C., Miller Bertolami, M. M., & Althaus, L. G. 2011, A&A, 533, A139 Google Scholar
Wachter, A., Schröder, K.-P., Winters, J. M., Arndt, T. U., & Sedlmayr, E. 2002, A&A, 384, 452 Google Scholar
Wachter, A., Winters, J. M., Schröder, K.-P., & Sedlmayr, E. 2008, A&A, 486, 497 Google Scholar
Wagenhuber, J., & Groenewegen, M. A. T. 1998, A&A, 340, 183 Google Scholar
Wallerstein, G., & Knapp, G. R. 1998, ARA&A, 36, 369 Google Scholar
Wallerstein, G., et al. 1997, RvMP, 69, 995 Google Scholar
Wanajo, S., Janka, H.-T., & Müller, B. 2011, ApJL, 726, L15 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wanajo, S., Nomoto, K., Janka, H.-T., Kitaura, F. S., & Müller, B. 2009, ApJ, 695, 208 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wannier, P. G., Andersson, B.-G., Olofsson, H., Ukita, N., & Young, K. 1991, ApJ, 380, 593 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wasserburg, G. J., Boothroyd, A. I., & Sackmann, I.-J. 1995, ApJL, 447, L37 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Weiss, A., & Ferguson, J. W. 2009, A&A, 508, 1343 Google Scholar
Weiss, A., Schlattl, H., Salaris, M., & Cassisi, S. 2004, A&A, 422, 217 Google Scholar
Werner, K., & Herwig, F. 2006, PASP, 118, 183 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Werner, K., & Rauch, T. 1994, A&A, 284, L5 Google Scholar
Werner, K., Rauch, T., & Kruk, J. W. 2005, A&A, 433, 641 Google Scholar
Werner, K., Rauch, T., Reiff, E., & Kruk, J. W. 2009, ApSS, 320, 159 Google Scholar
Werner, K., & Wolff, B. 1999, A&A, 347, L9 Google Scholar
Wiescher, M., Käppeler, F., & Langanke, K. 2012, ARA&A, 50, 165 Google Scholar
Winteler, C., Käppeli, R., Perego, A., Arcones, A., Vasset, N., Nishimura, N., Liebendörfer, M., & Thielemann, F.-K. 2012, ApJL, 750, L22 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Winters, J. M., Le Bertre, T., Jeong, K. S., Nyman, L.-Å., & Epchtein, N. 2003, A&A, 409, 715 Google Scholar
Wittkowski, M., et al. 2011, A&A, 532, L7 Google Scholar
Wood, P. R. 1997, in IAU Symp., Planetary Nebulae, Vol. 180, ed. Habing, H. J., & Lamers, H. J. G. L. M., Kluwer Academic Publishers, Doredrecht, 297 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wood, P. R., Bessell, M. S., & Fox, M. W. 1983, ApJ, 272, 99 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wood, P. R., & Faulkner, D. J. 1986, ApJ, 307, 659 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Woodward, P. R., Herwig, F., & Lin, P.-H. 2013, ArXiv e-printsGoogle Scholar
Woosley, S. E., & Weaver, T. A. 1995, ApJS, 101, 181 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yanny, B., et al. 2009, AJ, 137, 4377 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yee, J. C., & Jensen, E. L. N. 2010, ApJ, 711, 303 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yong, D., Aoki, W., & Lambert, D. L. 2006, ApJ, 638, 1018 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yong, D., Grundahl, F., Johnson, J. A., & Asplund, M. 2008, ApJ, 684, 1159 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yong, D., Grundahl, F., Lambert, D. L., Nissen, P. E., & Shetrone, M. D. 2003a, A&A, 402, 985 Google Scholar
Yong, D., Lambert, D. L., & Ivans, I. I. 2003b, ApJ, 599, 1357 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yong, D., et al. 2013, MNRAS, 434, 3542 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Zahn, J.-P. 1992, A&A, 265, 115 Google Scholar
Zhang, Y., & Liu, X.-W. 2005, ApJL, 631, L61 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Zijlstra, A. A., Gesicki, K., Walsh, J. R., Péquignot, D., van Hoof, P. A. M., & Minniti, D. 2006, MNRAS, 369, 875 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Zinner, E. 1998, Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences, 26, 147 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Zinner, E. 2008, PASA, 25, 7 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Zinner, E., Nittler, L. R., Gallino, R., Karakas, A. I., Lugaro, M., Straniero, O., & Lattanzio, J. C. 2006, ApJ, 650, 350 CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Figure 0

Figure 1. Schematic showing how stellar mass determines the main nuclear burning phases at solar metallicity, as well as the fate of the final remnant. This defines the different mass intervals we will deal with in this paper. Note that the borders are often not well determined theoretically, depending on details such as mass loss and the implementation of mixing, for example. This is particularly true for the borders around the region of the electron-capture supernovae. Likewise, all numbers are rough estimates, and depend on composition in addition to details of the modelling process.

Figure 1

Figure 2. A Hertzsprung–Russell (HR) diagram showing the evolutionary tracks for masses of 1, 2, 3, and 6 M with a global metallicity of Z = 0.02. The evolutionary tracks show the evolution from the ZAMS through to the start of thermally-pulsing AGB. The thermally-pulsing phase has been removed for clarity. The location of the tip of the RGB is indicated by the asterisk.

Figure 2

Figure 3. First dredge-up in the 1 M, Z = 0.02 model. The left panel shows the HR diagram and the right panel shows the luminosity as a function of the mass position of the inner edge of the convective envelope. We can clearly see that the envelope begins to deepen just as the star leaves the main sequence, and reaches its deepest extent on the RGB, marking the end of FDU. Further evolution sees the star reverse its evolution and descend the RGB briefly before resuming the climb. This corresponds to the observed bump in the luminosity function of stellar clusters (see text for details).

Figure 3

Figure 4. A schematic diagram showing the mass dependence of the different dredge-up, mixing, and nucleosynthesis events. The species most affected are also indicated. The lower mass limits for the onset of the SDU, third dredge up, and HBB depend on metallicity and we show approximate values for Z = 0.02. Note that the ‘extra-mixing’ band has a very uncertain upper mass-limit, because the mechanism of the mixing is at present unknown.

Figure 4

Figure 5. Composition profiles from the 2 M, Z = 0.02 model. The top panel illustrates the interior composition after the main sequence and before the FDU takes place, showing mostly CNO isotopes. The lower panel shows the composition at the deepest extent of the FDU (0.31 M), where the shaded region is the convective envelope. Surface abundance changes after the FDU include: a reduction in the C/O ratio from 0.50 to 0.33, in the 12C/13C ratio from 86.5 to 20.5, an increase in the isotopic ratio of 14N/15N from 472 to 2 188, a decrease in 16O/17O from 2 765 to 266, and an increase in 16O/18O from 524 to 740. Elemental abundances also change: [C/Fe] decreases by about 0.20, [N/Fe] increases by about 0.4, and [Na/Fe] increases by about 0.1. The helium abundance increases by ΔY ≈ 0.012.

Figure 5

Table 1. Predicted post-FDU and SDU values for model stars with masses between 1 and 8 M at Z = 0.02. We include the helium mass fraction, Y, the isotopic ratios of carbon, nitrogen, and oxygen, and the mass fraction of sodium. Initial values are given in the first row.

Figure 6

Figure 6. Surface abundance predictions from Z = 0.02 models showing the ratio (by number) of 12C/13C, 14N/15N, and 16O/17O after the first dredge-up (red solid line) and second dredge-up (blue dotted line).

Figure 7

Figure 7. Innermost mass layer reached by the convective envelope during the first dredge-up (solid lines) and second dredge-up (dashed lines) as a function of the initial stellar mass and metallicity. The mass co-ordinate on the y-axis is given as a fraction of the total stellar mass (Mdu/M0)—from Karakas (2003).

Figure 8

Figure 8. Predicted [Na/Fe] after the FDU and SDU for the Z = 0.02 models.

Figure 9

Figure 9. Observed behaviour of Li in stars in NGC 6397, from Lind et al. (2009), and as modelled by Angelou et al. (in preparation). The leftmost panel shows A(Li) = log 10(Li/H) + 12 plotted against luminosity for NGC 6397. Moving to the right the next panel shows the HR diagram for the same stars. The next panel to the right shows the inner edge of the convective envelope in a model of a typical red-giant star in NGC 6397. The rightmost panel shows the resulting predictions for A(Li) using thermohaline mixing and C = 120 (see Section 2.3.4). Grey lines identify the positions on the RGB where the major mixing events take place. Dotted red lines identify these with the theoretical predictions in the rightmost panels.

Figure 10

Figure 10. A simple experiment in thermohaline mixing that can be performed in the kitchen. Here some blue dye has been added to the warm, salty water to make the resulting salt fingers stand out more clearly. This experiment was performed by E. Glebbeek and R. Izzard, whom we thank for the picture.

Figure 11

Figure 11. These diagrams show the main stability criteria for stellar models, the expected kind of mixing, and typical velocities. The left panel shows the Schwarzschild criterion as a red line, with convection expected to the right of the red line. The Ledoux criterion is the blue line, with convection expected above this line. The green region shows where the material is stable according to the Ledoux criterion but unstable according to the Schwarzschild criterion: this is semiconvection. The magenta region shows that although formally stable, mixing can occur if the gradient of the molecular weight is negative. The bottom left region is stable with no mixing. The right panel repeats the two stability criteria and also gives typical velocities in the convective regime (green lines) as well as the thermohaline and semi-convective regions (the brown lines). This figure is based on Figure 2 in Grossman & Taam (1996).

Figure 12

Figure 12. Abundance profiles in a 0.8 M model with Z = 0.00015 (see also Figure 9). The left panel shows a time just after core hydrogen exhaustion and the right panel shows the situation soon after the maximum inward penetration of the convective envelope. At this time the hydrogen burning shell is at m(r) ≈ 0.31 M and the convective envelope has homogenised all abundances beyond m(r) ≈ 0.36 M. The initial 3He profile has been homogenised throughout the mixed region, resulting in an increase in the surface value, which is then returned to the interstellar medium through winds, unless some extra-mixing process can destroy it first.

Figure 13

Figure 13. Hertzsprung–Russell (HR) diagram showing the evolutionary tracks for 3 M models of Z = 0.02 (black solid line) and Z = 0.0001 (red dashed line). The low-metallicity model is hotter and brighter at all evolutionary stages and does not experience a RGB phase or the first dredge-up.

Figure 14

Figure 14. Schematic structure of an AGB star showing the electron-degenerate core surrounded by a helium-burning shell above the core, and a hydrogen-burning shell below the deep convective envelope. The burning shells are separated by an intershell region rich in helium (~ 75%) and carbon (~ 22%), with some oxygen and 22Ne. A super-AGB star has an O–Ne degenerate core otherwise the qualitative schematic structure remains the same. From Karakas, Lattanzio, & Pols (2002). Click on the image to run an animation of a pulse cycle.

Figure 15

Figure 15. Evolution of the luminosities and core masses (in solar units) for a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the start of the TP-AGB. Each panel shows the evolution during the first 10 thermal pulses. Panel (a) shows the surface (or radiated) luminosity (black solid line), H-burning shell luminosity (blue dot-dashed line), and He-burning shell luminosity (red dashed line). Panel (b) shows the masses of the H-exhausted core (black solid line), He-exhausted core (red dashed line), and the inner edge of the convective envelope (blue dot-dashed line).

Figure 16

Figure 16. Convective regions for the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the first five thermal pulses. The x-axis is nucleosynthesis time-step number, which is a proxy for time. For each model, along the x-axis, a green dot represents a convective mass shell and a magenta dot is a radiative shell. The dense magenta regions mark the H and He shells. The teardrop-shaped pockets correspond to the flash-driven convective region that extends over most of the intershell. These have the effect of homogenising the abundances within the intershell. For this model, the duration of the convective zones is about 25 years and the interpulse periods about ≈ 4000 years.

Figure 17

Figure 17. The evolution of the temperature at the base of the convective envelope in the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model.

Figure 18

Figure 18. The core-mass versus luminosity relationship for a selection of Z = 0.02 models between 2 M and 7 M. The models with M ⩾ 4.5 M have hot bottom burning and deviate from the Paczyński relation, shown by the solid black line.

Figure 19

Figure 19. The definition of λ, shown schematically, where the x–axis represents time and the y–axis represents the mass of the H-exhausted core.

Figure 20

Figure 20. The minimum core mass for TDU (upper panel) and the maximum value of λ plotted against initial mass for the Z = 0.008 models from Karakas et al. (2002). Only models with M ⩾ 1.9 M become C-rich. Figure taken from Karakas et al. (2002).

Figure 21

Figure 21. The surface C/O ratio as a function of thermal pulse number for (a) a 3 M, Z = 0.02 model AGB star, and (b) a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model. The lower mass 3 M model does not experience HBB and becomes C-rich. In contrast, efficient HBB occurs for the 6 M model and the C/O ratio never reaches unity. The C/O ratio is given by number, and the initial abundance is the solar ratio at C/O = 0.506.

Figure 22

Figure 22. The C/O ratio versus the [F/Fe] abundance at the surface of a 3 M, Z = 0.02 AGB model. Other products of helium nucleosynthesis include 22Ne, and the final 22Ne/Ne ratio in this model increases to ≈ 0.4 from 0.068 initially. The total Ne abundance increases from log ε(Ne) = log 10(Ne/H) + 12 = 8.11 at the main sequence to 8.33 at the tip of the AGB where He/H = 0.119, C/O = 1.74 (shown in Figure 21), 12C/13C = 119, 14N/15N ≈ 2 500, and N/O = 0.40.

Figure 23

Figure 23. The evolution of the 12C/13C ratio and the nitrogen elemental abundance at the surface of the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model during the TP-AGB. The ratio is given by number and the abundance of nitrogen is in units of log 10(Y), where Y = X/A and X is mass fraction and A is atomic mass.

Figure 24

Figure 24. Reactions of the Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains. Unstable isotopes are denoted by dashed circles. From Karakas & Lattanzio (2003a) and based on a similar figure in Arnould et al. (1999).

Figure 25

Figure 25. The evolution of various species involved in the Ne–Na and Mg–Al chains at the surface of the 6 M, Z = 0.02 model (upper panel) and 6 M, Z = 0.004 model (lower panel) during the TP-AGB. Time on the x-axis is scaled such that t = 0 is the time at the first thermal pulse. Abundances on the y-axis are in units of log 10Y, where Y = X/A, where X is mass fraction and A is atomic mass. Both calculations used the same set of of reaction rates and scaled solar abundances. The 6 M, Z = 0.004 model has been described previously in Karakas (2010).

Figure 26

Figure 26. The evolution of stable Mg isotopes at the surface of the 6 M, Z = 0.004 model during the TP-AGB. Time on the x-axis is scaled such that t = 0 is the time at the first thermal pulse. Abundances on the y-axis are scaled to the total Mg composition, Y(iMg)/{Y(24Mg) + Y(25Mg) + Y(26Mg)}, where Y = X/A, where X is mass fraction and A is atomic mass. The initial Mg isotopic ratios on the main sequence are solar: 24Mg/25Mg = 7.89 and 24Mg/26Mg = 7.17 (e.g. Asplund et al. 2009). By the tip of the TP-AGB, the model ratios are 24Mg/25Mg = 0.11 and 24Mg/26Mg = 0.14 indicating that most of the 24Mg has been destroyed by proton captures.

Figure 27

Figure 27. The surface abundance of 7Li during the TP-AGB phase for a 6 M, Z = 0.02 model. The units on the y-axis are log 10(n(Li)/n(H) + 12) and time on the x-axis is scaled such that t = 0 is the beginning of the TP-AGB. The lithium-rich phase lasts for about 200 000 years.

Figure 28

Figure 28. Solar abundance distribution using data from Asplund et al. (2009). The main features of the abundance distribution include the hydrogen (proton number, Z = 1) and helium peaks, resulting from Big Bang nucleosynthesis, followed by the gorge separating helium from carbon where the light elements lithium, beryllium, and boron reside. From carbon there is a continuous decrease to scandium followed by the iron peak and then a gentle downwards slope to the elements predominantly produced by neutron captures. These include elements heavier than zinc and are highlighted in blue. Proton numbers are also given for a selection of elements.

Figure 29

Figure 29. Schematic showing the Zr to Ru region of the chart of the nuclides. Neutron number increases along the x-axis and proton number on the y-axis. Unstable isotopes are shown as white squares with the half-life of the ground state. Stable isotopes are shown in colour with the solar-system percentage shown (not all isotopes are shown, so the total may not sum to 100). The typical s-process path that results from neutron densities typical of the 13C(α,n)16O neutron source is shown by the thick blue line. Under these conditions, the isotope 96Zr is not reached by the s-process and is an r-process only isotope (in blue). Similarly, the isotope 96Mo is an s-only isotope (in yellow) because it is shielded from the r-process by 96Zr. The isotopes that are not reached by neutron capture are shown in pink and are produced either by proton addition or spallation under extreme conditions. The unstable isotope 99Tc is on the main s-process path.

Figure 30

Table 2. List of AGB yields available. We only include detailed AGB evolutionary studies that include yields; not just surface abundance predictions, and we include studies with more than one mass. We list the range of masses and metallicities for each study and we note if they include s-process element predictions.

Figure 31

Figure 30. Average abundance in the stellar wind (in [X/Fe]) for elements heavier than iron for AGB models of 2.5 M at two different metallicities: Z = 0.0001 using data published in Lugaro et al. (2012), and new predictions for the Z = 0.02 model. In both models the same size partially mixed zone is inserted into the post-processing nucleosynthesis calculations to produce a 13C pocket (see text for details). The average abundance is calculated from the integrated yield of mass expelled into the interstellar medium over the model star’s lifetime.

Figure 32

Figure 31. Average abundance predicted in the ejected wind (in [X/Fe]) for elements heavier than iron for AGB models of 2 M and 6 M at a metallicity of Z = 0.0001 ([Fe/H] = − 2.3) using data published in Lugaro et al. (2012). No 13C pocket is included in the 6 M model, while we set Mmix = 2 × 10− 3 M in the 2 M case (see Section 3.7.3 for details).

Figure 33

Figure 32. Models calculated by Campbell & Lattanzio (2008) in the [Fe/H]-mass plane. Red crosses represent models where the DCF dominates the nucleosynthesis. Filled blue triangles show where DSFs dominate. Open blue circles indicate models that experience DSFs, although they are not the dominant event for those models. Green filled circles are used where TDU and HBB on the AGB dominate the nucleosynthesis occurring. The models for Z = 0 are plotted at the position of [Fe/H] = −8.

Figure 34

Figure 33. Predicted final fates for the super-AGB mass range, as a function of metallicity Z. CC-SN refers to core collapse supernovae and EC-SN refers to electron capture supernovae. The regions of C–O, CO(Ne) and O–Ne white dwarfs are also indicated. See text for details.

Figure 35

Figure 34. Stellar yields of 12C, 14N, 17O, and 19F as a function of the initial mass for models of Z = 0.02 (left-hand panels) and Z = 0.0001 (right-hand panels) from Karakas (2010). The solid line and open circles show results for the updated yields; the dashed line and closed circles show results from Karakas & Lattanzio (2007). The updated yields from Karakas (2010) use scaled-solar abundances, whereas the yields from Karakas & Lattanzio (2007) used non-solar C, N, and O to reflect the composition of the LMC and SMC. Reaction rates were also updated, which mostly affected 19F and 23Na. Also, we used Reimer’s mass loss on the AGB in the M ⩾ 3 M, Z = 0.0001 models from Karakas (2010), whereas in Karakas & Lattanzio (2007) we used Vassiliadis & Wood (1993) on the AGB.

Figure 36

Figure 35. Stellar yields of 23Na as a function of the initial mass for models of Z = 0.004. The solid line and open circles show results from Karakas (2010), while the dashed line and closed circles show results from Karakas & Lattanzio (2007).